Ask AI
— answers from the official manualAnswers from the official manual.
Common questions
Common Questions
10 totalHow do I reset the HP LaserJet 3050 to factory defaults?
Press and hold the Power button for 10 seconds until the LED flashes red. This clears all settings and returns the device to its factory state, after which you will need to reconfigure all settings. (Page 241)
What are the media specifications for paper and envelopes?
The HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 supports standard weight paper up to legal size, while the 3390/3392 support heavier weights such as card stock. Envelopes should be C6, A6, or DL sizes for optimal handling. Detailed guidelines are provided in the manual starting on page 38.
How do I use the automatic document feeder (ADF) to scan documents?
Place up to five letter-sized pages in the ADF tray, then press and hold the Scan button until it blinks amber twice indicating a successful initialization. Use HP LaserJet Scan or another compatible software to initiate scanning. Detailed instructions can be found under 'Scan' starting on page 140.
How do I connect the printer to my network?
For direct connections, plug a compatible cable into the USB port or Ethernet connection. Ensure your computer recognizes the device as a printer and scanner through the network settings. Refer to pages 154-156 for full networking configuration details.
What common error codes should I be aware of during operation?
Refer to the Troubleshooting section starting on page 322 and Critical Error Messages on page 330 for a list of error codes. Common issues include paper jams, low supplies, or connection errors.
How do I set up automatic two-sided printing (duplexing)?
Adjust the controls from within the printer driver software to enable duplex printing. Alternatively, use HP ToolboxFX for remote configuration. Instructions are available starting on page 52.
Full Manual
430 pages
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392
All-in-One User Guide
| | | |---|---| | | |
| | | | |---|---|---|
| | | | |---|---|---| | | | |
| | | | |---|---|---| | | | |
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 All-in-One
User Guide
########################################### Copyright and License
© 2006 Copyright Hewlett-Packard Development Company, LP
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the copyright laws.
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Part number Q6500-90929 Edition 2, 4/2009
########################################### Trademark Credits
Adobe Photoshop® and PostScript® are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Corel® is a trademark or registered trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel Corporation Limited.
Linux is a U.S. registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows NT®, and Windows® XP are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
UNIX® is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY STAR logo® are U.S. registered marks of the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
Table of contents
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one...................................................................................................2 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one..........................................................................................3 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one..........................................................................................4
All-in-one features....................................................................................................................................5 All-in-one parts.........................................................................................................................................7
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one parts..........................................................................................7 Front view...............................................................................................................7 Back view...............................................................................................................8 Interface ports........................................................................................................8 Control panel..........................................................................................................9
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one parts...............................................................................10 Front view.............................................................................................................10 Back view.............................................................................................................10 Interface ports......................................................................................................11 Control panel........................................................................................................11
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one parts...............................................................................12 Front view.............................................................................................................12 Back view.............................................................................................................12 Interface ports......................................................................................................13 Control panel........................................................................................................13
Typical installation.................................................................................................................16 Minimum installation.............................................................................................................16
Printer drivers........................................................................................................................................17 Supported printer drivers......................................................................................................17 Additional drivers..................................................................................................................17 Select the correct printer driver.............................................................................................18 Printer-driver Help (Windows)...............................................................................................18 Gaining access to the printer drivers....................................................................................19 What other software is available?.........................................................................................19
Software for Windows............................................................................................................................20
Software components for Windows......................................................................................20 HP ToolboxFX......................................................................................................20 Embedded Web server (EWS).............................................................................20
Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall........................................................................20
ENWW iii
Software for Macintosh..........................................................................................................................21 HP Director...........................................................................................................................21 Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)...............................21 PDEs (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)...................................................................22 Installing software for Macintosh..........................................................................................22
Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections (USB).......22 Installing Macintosh printing system software for networks.................................23
To remove software from Macintosh operating systems......................................................23
HP media..............................................................................................................................26 Media to avoid.......................................................................................................................27 Media that can damage the all-in-one..................................................................................27
Guidelines for using media....................................................................................................................28 Paper.....................................................................................................................................28 Labels....................................................................................................................................29
Label construction................................................................................................29 Transparencies.....................................................................................................................29 Envelopes.............................................................................................................................30
Envelope construction..........................................................................................30 Envelopes with double-side seams......................................................................30 Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps...............................................................31 Envelope storage.................................................................................................31
Card stock and heavy media................................................................................................31 Card stock construction........................................................................................31 Card stock guidelines...........................................................................................31
Letterhead and preprinted forms..........................................................................................32 Supported media weights and sizes......................................................................................................33 Printing and storage environment.........................................................................................................36
Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan.............................................................................38 Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one..............................................40
Priority input slot...................................................................................................40 250-sheet input tray (tray 1).................................................................................40
Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.......................................................41 Single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1).................................................................41 250-sheet input tray (tray 2 or optional tray 3).....................................................41
Controlling print jobs.............................................................................................................................4.2 Print-settings priorities..........................................................................................................42 Selecting a source................................................................................................................42 Selecting a type or size.........................................................................................................42
Using the all-in-one control panel..........................................................................................................43 Changing the all-in-one control-panel display language......................................................43 Changing the default media size and type...........................................................................43
To change the default media size........................................................................43 To change the default media type........................................................................44
Changing the default tray configuration ..............................................................44
Using the all-in-one volume controls....................................................................................45 Changing the alarm volume.................................................................................45 Changing the volume for the fax..........................................................................45 Changing the ring volume of the fax....................................................................46 Changing the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume....................................46
Creating and using quick sets...............................................................................................48 Creating and using watermarks............................................................................................49 Resizing documents..............................................................................................................49 Setting a custom paper size from the printer driver..............................................................50 Using different paper and printing covers.............................................................................50 Printing a blank first page or last page.................................................................................50 Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper.....................................................................51 Printing on both sides...........................................................................................................51
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...........52 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)........52 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).................54
Using features in the Macintosh printer driver.......................................................................................55 Creating and using presets in Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4................................55 Printing a cover page (Macintosh)........................................................................................56 Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh).................................................56 Printing on both sides (Macintosh).......................................................................................57
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...........57 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)........57 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) (Macintosh)...........................................................................................................59 Selecting an output location (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........................................................60 Printing on special media......................................................................................................................61
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)...................................61 Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)............................................62 Transparencies and labels....................................................................................................63 Custom-size media and card stock.......................................................................................63 Colored paper.......................................................................................................................63 Envelopes.............................................................................................................................64 Heavy paper..........................................................................................................................64 Letterhead and preprinted forms..........................................................................................64
Canceling a print job.............................................................................................................................6.5
Fax control-panel buttons.....................................................................................................68 Specifying the fax settings....................................................................................................68
Setting the time and date.....................................................................................69 Setting the fax header..........................................................................................69
Sending faxes.......................................................................................................................70 Using manual dial.................................................................................................................73 Redialing manually................................................................................................................74
ENWW v
To redial manually................................................................................................74
Canceling a fax job...............................................................................................................75 To cancel the current fax job................................................................................75 To cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status.................................................75
Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting.................................................................75 Changing resolution settings................................................................................................76 Changing the default glass-size setting................................................................................77 Selecting tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode........................................................................77 Changing the redial settings.................................................................................................78 Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes............................................................79 Blocking or unblocking fax numbers.....................................................................................80
Advanced fax features and tasks..........................................................................................................81 Using speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries.......................................81 Using dialing characters.......................................................................................81
To insert a pause.................................................................................81 To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys.................................82 To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys................................................83 To program speed-dial entries or one-touch keys quickly...................................83 To manage group-dial entries..............................................................................84
To program group-dial entries.............................................................84 To delete group-dial entries.................................................................84 To delete an individual from a group-dial entry...................................85 To delete all phone book entries.........................................................85
Inserting a dial prefix.............................................................................................................86 Sending a delayed fax..........................................................................................................87 Using billing codes................................................................................................................88 Reprinting a fax.....................................................................................................................89 Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) of received faxes (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only)......................................................................................................................90 Deleting faxes from memory.................................................................................................90 Using fax forwarding.............................................................................................................91 Using fax polling....................................................................................................................91 Changing the silence-detect mode.......................................................................................92 Creating stamp-received faxes.............................................................................................92 Setting the fax-error-correction mode...................................................................................93 Changing the V.34 setting....................................................................................................93 Changing the sound-volume settings...................................................................................94
To change the fax-sounds (line-monitor) volume (HP LaserJet 3050 all-inone)......................................................................................................................94 To change the fax-sounds (line-monitor) volume (HP LaserJet 3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)..................................................................................94 To change the ring volume..................................................................................94
Fax logs and reports.............................................................................................................................9.5 Printing the fax activity log....................................................................................................95 Printing a fax call report........................................................................................................96 Setting print times for the fax call report...............................................................................96 Including the first page of each fax on the fax call report.....................................................97 Printing a phone book report................................................................................................97 Printing the billing-code report..............................................................................................97 Printing the block-fax list.......................................................................................................98
Printing all fax reports...........................................................................................................98 Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer................................................................................99 Other ways to set up your fax..............................................................................................................102
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones.........................................................................102 Setting the answer mode....................................................................................................102 Changing ring patterns (distinctive ring).............................................................................104 Changing the rings-to-answer setting.................................................................................105
Using the rings-to-answer setting......................................................................105 To set the number of rings-to-answer................................................................105
Sending a fax by dialing from an extension telephone.......................................................106 Changing the detect-dial-tone setting.................................................................................106 Receiving faxes on a shared phone line.............................................................................107
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones........................................................107 Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes................................................107 Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-in-one).................108 Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).................109
Connecting additional devices.............................................................................................................111 Using a dedicated fax line...................................................................................................111 Using a shared telephone line............................................................................................111 To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-in-one...........................112 To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one...........................115
Adjusting the copy size.......................................................................................................124 Changing the number of copies..........................................................................................................126 Changing the copy-collation setting....................................................................................................127 Copying onto media of different types and sizes................................................................................128 Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)............................................................130 Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)...................................................131 Using automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one)..................................................................................................................................................132 Changing tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).............................................................134 Copying photos and books (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)..............................135 Viewing copy settings (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only).........................................................137
Programming the all-in-one Scan To button.......................................................................141 To create, modify, or delete destinations............................................................................142 Scanning to e-mail..............................................................................................................142 Scanning to a file................................................................................................................143 Scanning to other programs...............................................................................................143
Scanning by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)...............................................................................144 Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh).................................................................145
ENWW vii
Scanning to e-mail..............................................................................................................145 Scanning to a file................................................................................................................145 Scanning to a software program.........................................................................................146 Using page-by-page scanning............................................................................................146
Canceling a scan job...........................................................................................................................146 Scanning by using other software.......................................................................................................147
Using TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant software.......................................................147 Scanning from a TWAIN-enabled program........................................................147
To scan from a TWAIN-enabled program.........................................147 Scanning from a WIA-enabled program (Windows XP only).............................147
To scan from a WIA-enabled program..............................................147 Scanning a photo or a book.................................................................................................................148 Scanning by using optical character recognition (OCR) software.......................................................149
Readiris...............................................................................................................................149
Scanner resolution and color...............................................................................................................150 Resolution and color guidelines..........................................................................................151 Color....................................................................................................................................151
To clean the scanner glass..................................................................................................................152
Configuring a network-port-connected all-in-one...............................................................154 Configuring a direct-connected shared all-in-one...............................................................155 Changing from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network-port-connected allin-one..................................................................................................................................156 Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX...........................................................................157 Setting a network password................................................................................................................157 Using the all-in-one control panel........................................................................................................158
Network configuration page................................................................................................158 Configuration page..............................................................................................................158 IP configuration...................................................................................................................158
Manual configuration..........................................................................................158 Automatic configuration......................................................................................159
Link speed and duplex settings..........................................................................................159 Supported network protocols...............................................................................................................160 TCP/IP configuration...........................................................................................................................162
Server-based, AutoIP, and manual TCP/IP configuration..................................................162 Server-based TCP/IP configuration....................................................................................162 Default IP address configuration (AutoIP)..........................................................................162 TCP/IP configuration tools..................................................................................................163
Using DHCP........................................................................................................................................163 UNIX systems.....................................................................................................................163 Windows systems...............................................................................................................164
Windows NT 4.0 Server.....................................................................................164 Windows 2000 Server........................................................................................166
NetWare systems................................................................................................................167 To discontinue DHCP configuration...................................................................................167
Using BOOTP.....................................................................................................................................1.68 Why use BOOTP?..............................................................................................................168
BOOTP on UNIX.................................................................................................................169 Systems that use Network Information Service (NIS).......................................169 Configuring the BOOTP server..........................................................................169 Bootptab file entries...........................................................................................169
Configuring for LPD printing................................................................................................................171
Introduction.........................................................................................................................171 About LPD..........................................................................................................172 Requirements for configuring LPD.....................................................................173
LPD setup overview............................................................................................................173
LPD on UNIX systems........................................................................................................174 Configuring print queues for BSD-based systems.............................................174 Example: Printcap entry.....................................................................................174 Example: Creating spooling directory................................................................175 Configuring print queues using SAM (HP-UX systems)....................................175 Printing a test file................................................................................................176
LPD on Windows NT/2000 systems...................................................................................177 Installing TCP/IP software (Windows NT)..........................................................177 Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows 2000 systems............................179 Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems.........................180 Verifying the configuration.................................................................................180 Printing from Windows clients............................................................................180
LPD on Windows XP systems ...........................................................................................181 Adding Windows optional networking components...........................................181 Configuring a network LPD all-in-one................................................................181
Adding a new LPD all-in-one.............................................................181 Creating an LPR port for an installed all-in-one................................182
TCP/IP.................................................................................................................................................183
Introduction.........................................................................................................................183 Internet Protocol (IP)..........................................................................................183 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)................................................................183 User Datagram Protocol (UDP).........................................................................183
IP address...........................................................................................................................184 IP address: network portion...............................................................................184 IP address: host portion.....................................................................................184 IP address structure and class...........................................................................184
Configuring IP parameters..................................................................................................185 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)..................................................185 BOOTP...............................................................................................................185
Subnets...............................................................................................................................186
Subnet mask......................................................................................................186 Gateways............................................................................................................................186
Default gateway.................................................................................................186
ENWW ix
Clearing stapler jams..........................................................................................................................1.93
Change the all-in-one print settings, such as volume or print quality, in HP ToolboxFX...196 Print on both sides (Windows)............................................................................................197
To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........197 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)......197 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...............199
Print on both sides (Macintosh)..........................................................................................200 To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........200 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)......201 To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) (Macintosh).........................................................................................................202 Use the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1)...................................................................202 Print on special media........................................................................................................203
Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)................203 Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).........................204 Transparencies and labels.................................................................................205 Custom-size media and card stock....................................................................205 Colored paper....................................................................................................205 Envelopes...........................................................................................................205 Heavy paper.......................................................................................................206 Letterhead and preprinted forms........................................................................206
Fax: How do I?.....................................................................................................................................207 Use the Setup Wizard.........................................................................................................207 Send a fax from the all-in-one ............................................................................................207 Reprint a fax........................................................................................................................208 Print the fax activity log.......................................................................................................209 Forward received faxes to another fax number..................................................................210 Send and receive faxes by using a computer....................................................................211 Add or delete a contact.......................................................................................................213 To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys...............................................................214 Fax phone book..................................................................................................................214 To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys................................................216 Create a new group list.......................................................................................................217
To program group-dial entries............................................................................217 To delete group-dial entries...............................................................................218 To delete an individual from a group-dial entry..................................................218 To delete all phone book entries........................................................................219
Import contacts from another source..................................................................................219 Change the default light/dark (contrast) setting..................................................................220 Change resolution settings.................................................................................................221 Use the all-in-one control-panel buttons.............................................................................222 Enter text from the control panel.........................................................................................222
Copy: How do I?..................................................................................................................................223 Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)................................................223 Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one).......................................224 Use automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)..........................................................................................................225
Reduce or enlarge copies...................................................................................................227
Adjusting the copy size......................................................................................227 Adjust the lighter/darker (contrast) setting..........................................................................228 Change the copy-collation setting......................................................................................229 Adjust the copy quality........................................................................................................230 Copy onto media of different types and sizes....................................................................231 Change tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...............................................232 Change the number of copies.............................................................................................233
Scan: How do I?..................................................................................................................................234 Use HP LaserJet Scan.......................................................................................................234 Scan from the all-in-one control panel................................................................................234 Program the all-in-one Scan To button...............................................................................235 Create, modify, or delete destinations................................................................................235 Scan to e-mail.....................................................................................................................236 Scan to a folder...................................................................................................................236
Network: How do I?.............................................................................................................................237
Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network..................................................................237 To configure a network port-connected all-in-one configuration (direct mode or peer-to-peer printing)...........................................................................237 To configure a direct-connected shared all-in-one (client server printing)........238 To change from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network portconnected all-in-one configuration.....................................................................239
Set my network password...................................................................................................239 Other: How do I?..................................................................................................................................240
Clean the paper path..........................................................................................................240 To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX....................................................240 To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel.................................241
Restore the factory-set defaults..........................................................................................241 Use the Embedded Web server (EWS)..............................................................................242 Find the user guide.............................................................................................................242
User guide links..................................................................................................242 Where to look for more information....................................................................242
Setting up the all-in-one....................................................................242 Using the all-in-one...........................................................................243
Receive toner warnings......................................................................................................243 Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at the all-in-one control panel (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...................................................................243 Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at my computer (HP LaserJet
View the control-panel menu items for the all-in-one (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone).....................................................................................................................................244 Use the convenience stapler..............................................................................................245 Load staples........................................................................................................................247 Clear stapler jams...............................................................................................................249 Replace the print cartridge..................................................................................................251 Clear jams...........................................................................................................................253
Clear jams from the print cartridge area............................................................253 Clear jams from the input trays (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one).......254
ENWW xi
Clear jams from the input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)................254 Clear jams from the output bin...........................................................................258 Clear jams from the straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)...........................................................................................................259 Clear jams from the automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path..................261 Clear jams from the automatic document feeder (ADF)....................................264
Order new supplies.............................................................................................................266
Demo page.........................................................................................................................268 Usage page.........................................................................................................................268 Configuration page..............................................................................................................268 Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)................................................270 Network configuration page................................................................................................271 Fax logs and reports...........................................................................................................271
HP ToolboxFX.....................................................................................................................................272 To view HP ToolboxFX.......................................................................................................272 Status..................................................................................................................................273
Event log............................................................................................................273
Alerts...................................................................................................................................274 Set up status alerts............................................................................................274 Set up e-mail alerts............................................................................................274
Fax......................................................................................................................................275 Fax tasks............................................................................................................275 Fax phone book.................................................................................................275 Fax send log.......................................................................................................277 Fax receive log...................................................................................................277
Help.....................................................................................................................................277 System settings...................................................................................................................278
Device information.............................................................................................278 Paper handling...................................................................................................279 Print quality.........................................................................................................279 Paper types........................................................................................................279 System setup......................................................................................................280 Service...............................................................................................................280 Device Polling....................................................................................................280
Print settings.......................................................................................................................280 Printing...............................................................................................................280 PCL 5e...............................................................................................................281 PostScript...........................................................................................................281
Network settings.................................................................................................................281 Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)..............................................282 Embedded Web server........................................................................................................................283
Features..............................................................................................................................283 Managing supplies...............................................................................................................................284
Checking status and ordering supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only).............284 To check supplies status by using the control panel.........................................284 To check supplies status by using HP ToolboxFX............................................284
Storing supplies..................................................................................................................285
Replacing and recycling supplies.......................................................................................285 HP policy on non-HP supplies............................................................................................285
Resetting the all-in-one for non-HP supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone)....................................................................................................................285
HP fraud hotline..................................................................................................................285
Cleaning the all-in-one.........................................................................................................................287 To clean the exterior...........................................................................................................287 To clean the scanner glass and white platen (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one).....................287 To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).....................288 To clean the lid backing (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)..........................289 To clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller assembly (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)........................................................................................290 Cleaning the paper path.....................................................................................................293
To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX....................................................293 To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel.................................294
Changing the print cartridge................................................................................................................295 Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.............297 Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller and load arm assembly (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)..................................................................................299
Causes of jams...................................................................................................................308 Tips to avoid jams ..............................................................................................................308 Where to look for jams........................................................................................................309 Print cartridge area.............................................................................................................309 Input trays (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one).........................................................311 Input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)..................................................................312 Output bin...........................................................................................................................315 Straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).....................................315 Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)..........317 Jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF)........................................................320
Control-panel messages......................................................................................................................323 Alert and warning messages .............................................................................................323
Alert and warning message tables.....................................................................323 Critical error messages.......................................................................................................330
Critical error message-tables.............................................................................330 Print problems......................................................................................................................................332
Print quality problems.........................................................................................................332 Improving print quality........................................................................................332
Understanding print-quality settings..................................................332 To temporarily change print-quality settings.....................332 To change print-quality settings for all future jobs............332
Identifying and correcting print defects..............................................................333 Print-quality checklist.........................................................................333 General print-quality issues...............................................................333
Media-handling problems...................................................................................................337 Print-media guidelines........................................................................................338 Solving print-media problems............................................................................338
ENWW xiii
Performance problems.......................................................................................................339
Fax problems......................................................................................................................................3.41 Problems receiving faxes....................................................................................................341 Problems sending faxes.....................................................................................................343 Voice-call problems.............................................................................................................345 Media-handling problems...................................................................................................345 Performance problems.......................................................................................................346
Copy problems.....................................................................................................................................347 Preventing problems...........................................................................................................347 Image problems..................................................................................................................347 Media-handling problems...................................................................................................348 Performance problems.......................................................................................................350
Scan problems.....................................................................................................................................351 Solving scanned-image problems......................................................................................351 Scan-quality problems........................................................................................................353
Preventing problems..........................................................................................353 Solving scan-quality problems...........................................................................353
Network problems................................................................................................................................354 Verifying that the all-in-one is on and online.......................................................................354 Resolving communication problems with the network........................................................354
Control-panel display problems...........................................................................................................356 Stapler problems (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one).................................................................................356 Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors...............................................................................................357 Troubleshooting common Macintosh problems..................................................................................358
Problems with Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4......................................................358 Troubleshooting tools..........................................................................................................................359
All-in-one pages and reports...............................................................................................359 Demo page.........................................................................................................359 Configuration page.............................................................................................359 Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)................................359
Fax reports..........................................................................................................................360 Fax activity log...................................................................................................361 Fax call report....................................................................................................361 Phone book report..............................................................................................361 Billing-code report..............................................................................................362
HP ToolboxFX.....................................................................................................................362 To view HP ToolboxFX......................................................................................362 Troubleshooting tab...........................................................................................362
Service menu......................................................................................................................363 Restoring the factory-set defaults......................................................................363 Cleaning the paper path.....................................................................................363 T.30 protocol trace.............................................................................................364 Archive print.......................................................................................................364
Protecting the environment.................................................................................................383 Ozone production................................................................................................................383 Power consumption............................................................................................................383 HP LaserJet printing supplies.............................................................................................384 Nederlands..........................................................................................................................385 Taiwan.................................................................................................................................385 Disposal of waste equipment by users in private household in the European Union........386 Material safety data sheet...................................................................................................386 For more information...........................................................................................................386
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States).........................................................................387 IC CS-03 requirements........................................................................................................................388 EU statement for telecom operation....................................................................................................389 New Zealand telecom statements.......................................................................................................389 Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3390, 3392, 3055, and 3050)...............................................390 Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3052)....................................................................................391 Country-/region-specific safety statements.........................................................................................392
Laser safety statement.......................................................................................................392 Canadian DOC statement...................................................................................................392 Korean EMI statement........................................................................................................392 Finnish laser statement.......................................................................................................393
Glossary.............................................................................................................................................................3.95
Index...................................................................................................................................................................3.99
ENWW xv
1 All-in-one basics
ENWW 1
#### All-in-one configurations
The all-in-one is available in the following configurations.
########### HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one
########################################## HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner
########### HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one
######################################### HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one printer, scanner, copier
TheHP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scannerhas all of the features of the HP LaserJet 3052 allin-one, plus:
ENWW All-in-one configurations 3
########### HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
########################################### HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one printer, fax, copier, scanner
#### All-in-one features
Excellent print quality ● 1200 dots per inch (dpi) with Image REt 2400 text and graphics.
Fax ● Full-functionality fax capabilities with a V.34 fax; includes a phone book, fax polling,
and delayed-fax features (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one, HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one, and HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one).
For more information, see Fax.
Copy ● Includes ADF that allows faster, more efficient copy jobs with multiple-page documents.
For more information, see Copy.
Scan ● The HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one provides 1200 ppi, 24-bit full-color
scanning from letter/A4-size scanner glass.
For more information, see Scan.
Staple ● The HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one includes a convenience stapler for fast and
convenient stapling of up to 20 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20 lb media at the all-in-one.
● Large-capacity replaceable staple cassette holds 1,500 staples. For more information, see Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only).
Networking (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone only)
Printer driver features ● Fast printing performance, built-in Intellifont and TrueType scaling technologies, and
advanced imaging capabilities are benefits of the PCL 6 printer language.
● The all-in-one automatically determines and switches to the appropriate printer
Automatic languageswitching
language (such as PS or PCL 6) for the print job. Interface connections ● Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port.
● 10/100 ethernet (RJ45) network port (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only).
Environmental features ● PowerSave mode (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
● ENERGY STAR® qualified
Economical printing ● N-up printing (printing more than one page on a sheet). See Printing multiple pages on
one sheet of paper or Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh).
ENWW All-in-one features 5
Supplies ● A Supplies Status page with a print cartridge gauge that show the supply levels that
remain (HP supplies only; HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
Accessibility ● Online user guide that is compatible with text screen-readers.
#### All-in-one parts
Before using the all-in-one, familiarize yourself with the parts of the all-in-one HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one parts Front view
5
6
8
################ Back view
11
Interface ports The HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one contains one Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port and fax ports.
8 Chapter 1 All-in-one basics ENWW
################ Control panel
############### 2 3 541
1 Fax controls. Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings. For information about using the fax
controls, see Fax.
|2|Alphanumeric buttons. Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the all-in-one control-panel display and dial telephone numbers for faxing. For information about using alphanumeric key characters, see Fax.
| |---|---| |3|Menu and cancel controls. Use these controls to select menu options, determine the all-in-one status, and cancel the current job.| |4|Copy controls. Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying. For instructions about copying, see Copy.
| |5
|Scan controls. Use these controls to scan to e-mail or to a folder. For instructions about scanning, see Scan.
|
########### HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one parts Front view
6
71
| | |---|
NOTE The control panel for the HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one, with fax controls, is shown. The control panel for the HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one does not have fax controls.
################ Back view
9
10 118
|8|Interface ports
| |---|---| |9|Security-lock slot| |10|Power connector
| |11
|Power receptacle|
The HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one has two interface ports: a 10/100Base-T (RJ-45) network port and a Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port. The HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one also has fax ports.
####### 1
####### 2
####### 3
################# Control panel
############## 2 3 541
########### HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one parts Front view
6
5 4
################ Back view
12
13
11
14
|11|Power connector
| |---|---| |12|Rear output door (face-up output bin for the straight-through output path)| |13|DIMM door
| |14|Interface ports|
The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one has two interface ports: a 10/100Base-T (RJ-45) network port and a Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port. The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one also has fax ports.
###### 2 31
Control panel Use the following illustration to identify the all-in-one control-panel components.
############# 51324
Shift
ENWW All-in-one parts 13
2 Software
ENWW 15
#### Software installation
If your computer meets the recommended minimum requirements, you have two options when installing the software from the CDs that came with the all-in-one.
########### Typical installation
The following software is included with a typical installation:
Minimum installation
The following software is included with a minimum installation:
| | |---|
NOTE Minimum installation supports faxing by using the control panel.
#### Printer drivers
The product comes with software that allows the computer to communicate with the product (by using a printer language). This software is called a printer driver. Printer drivers provide access to product features, such as printing on custom-sized paper, resizing documents, and inserting watermarks.
########### Supported printer drivers
The following printer drivers are provided for the product. If the printer driver that you want is not on the product CD or is not available on www.hp.com, contact the manufacturer or distributor of the program that you are using, and request a driver for the product.
| | |---|
NOTE The most recent drivers are available at www.hp.com. Depending on the configuration of Windows-based computers, the installation program for the product software automatically checks the computer for Internet access in order to obtain the latest drivers.
Operating system1 Fax driver PCL 6 printer
PCL 5 printer driver
PS printer driver
PPD2 printer driver
driver
Microsoft® Windows® 98 Windows Millennium (Me)
X X
X X
X X
Windows 2000 Windows® XP Windows Server 2003
X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
########### Additional drivers
The following drivers are not included on the CD, but are available from the Internet.
You can obtain Model Scripts for UNIX® and Linux by downloading them from the Internet or by requesting them from an HP-authorized service or support provider. For Linux support see www.hp.com/go/linux. For UNIX support see www.hp.com/go/jetdirectunix_software.
########### Select the correct printer driver
Select a printer driver based on the operating system that you are using and the way that you use the product. See the printer-driver Help for the features that are available. For information about gaining access to the printer-driver Help, see Printer-driver Help.
| | |---|
NOTE The product automatically switches between PS and PCL printer languages.
########### Printer-driver Help (Windows)
Printer-driver Help is separate from program Help. The printer-driver help provides explanations for the buttons, checkboxes, and drop-down lists that are in the printer driver. It also includes instructions for performing common printing tasks, such as printing on both sides, printing multiple pages on one sheet, and printing the first page or covers on different paper.
Activate the printer-driver Help screens in one of the following ways:
########### Gaining access to the printer drivers
Use one of the following methods to open the printer drivers from your computer:
Operating System To change the settings for all
print jobs until the software program is closed
To change the print job default settings (for example, turn on Print on Both Sides by default)
To change the configuration settings (for example, add a tray or enable/disable Manual Duplexing)
Windows 98 and Windows Milennium Edition (Me)
The steps can vary; this procedure is most common.
Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
The steps can vary; this procedure is most common.
These settings are saved in the Presets menu. To use the new settings, you must select the saved preset option every time you open a program and print.
########### What other software is available?
The all-in-one CDs include the HP Scanning software. See the Readme file that is provided on the allin-one CD for additional included software and for supported languages.
#### Software for Windows
When you install the software for Windows, you can directly connect the all-in-one to a computer by using a USB cable, or you can connect the all-in-one to the network by using the internal print server. See the getting started guide for installation instructions, and see the Readme file for the latest software information.
The following software is available to all all-in-one users, whether you connect the all-in-one directly to a computer by using a USB cable or to the network by using a print server.
Software components for Windows HP ToolboxFX You must perform a typical installation to use HP ToolboxFX. HP ToolboxFX provides links to all-in-one status information and help information, such as this user guide, and tools for diagnosing and solving problems. See HP ToolboxFX for more information. Embedded Web server (EWS)
The EWS is a Web-based interface that provides simple access to all-in-one status and configurations, including network configurations and Smart Printing Supplies (SPS) functionality.
You can gain access to the EWS through the network connection to the all-in-one. Type the all-inone IP address in a Web browser to open the all-in-one EWS homepage. From the homepage, you can use the tabs and left navigation menu to check the status of the all-in-one, configure the all-inone, or check the status of the supplies.
Supported browsers include:
########### Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall
Use the Add or Remove Programs method in Windows to remove the all-in-one software. This method does not require you to have the software CD.
● In Windows XP, click Start, and then click Control Panel
Software for Macintosh For Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4, use Print Center to print. The all-in-one includes the following software for Macintosh computers.
| | |---|
NOTE For Macintosh computers, HP ToolboxFX is not supported.
########### HP Director
HP Director is a software program that is used when working with documents. When the document is loaded into the automatic document feeder (ADF) and the computer is connected directly to the all-inone, HP Director appears on the computer screen to initiate faxing, scanning, or changing settings on the all-in-one through Macintosh Configure Device.
Also included is the HP all-in-one Setup Assistant, which sets up the fax and print queues.
########### Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)
Macintosh Configure Device is a Web-based program that provides access to information about the all-in-one (for example, information about supplies status and all-in-one settings). Use Macintosh Configure Device to monitor and manage the all-in-one from the computer
| |
|---|
NOTE You must perform a complete software installation to use Macintosh Configure Device.
You can view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to the network.
| | |---|
NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use Macintosh Configure Device.
########################## To view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer
########################## To view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is connected to a network
########### PDEs (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)
PDEs are code plug-ins that provide access to all-in-one features, such as information about the number of copies, two-sided printing, and quality settings. An installation program for the PDEs and other software is provided on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one CD for Macintosh.
########### Installing software for Macintosh This section describes how to install Macintosh printing system software. Installing Macintosh printing system software for direct connections (USB)
This section explains how to install the printing system software for Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4.
The Apple PostScript driver must be installed in order to use the PPD files. Use the Apple PostScript driver that came with your Macintosh computer.
########################## To install the printing system software
If installation fails, reinstall the all-in-one software. If this fails, see the installation notes or latebreaking readme files on the CD or the flyer that came in the box, or go to the appropriate support Web site for help or more information (see HP Customer Care).
################ Installing Macintosh printing system software for networks To install printer drivers for Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
| | |---|
NOTE The setup assistant should prompt you to restart the computer and to provide the IP address of the all-in-one to complete the network installation.
########### To remove software from Macintosh operating systems
To remove the printing software from your Macintosh computer, open the Finder, navigate to Applications/HP LaserJet aio/HP Uninstaller, and then run the uninstaller program.
3 Media specifications
ENWW 25
#### General guidelines
Some media might meet all of the guidelines in this manual and still not produce satisfactory results. This problem might be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and humidity levels, or other variables over which Hewlett-Packard has no control.
Before purchasing large quantities of print media, always test a sample and make sure that the print media meets the requirements specified in this user guide and in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide, which you can view on the Web at www.hp.com/support/ljpaperguide. For ordering information, see Accessories and ordering information.
CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the allin-one, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the Hewlett-Packard warranty or service agreements.
The all-in-one accepts a variety of media, such as cut-sheet paper (including up to 100% recycledfiber-content paper), envelopes, labels, transparencies, LaserJet glossy paper, HP LaserJet Tough paper, and custom-size paper. Properties such as weight, composition, grain, and moisture content are important factors that affect performance and output quality. Media that does not meet the guidelines outlined in this manual can cause the following problems:
#### Choosing paper and other media
The HP LaserJet all-in-one produces documents that have excellent print quality. You can print on a variety of media, such as paper (including up to 100% recycled fiber content paper), envelopes, labels, transparencies, and custom-size media.
Properties such as weight, grain, and moisture content are important factors that affect performance and quality. To achieve the best possible print quality, only use high-quality media that is designed for laser printers. See Guidelines for using media for detailed paper and media specifications.
| | |---|
NOTE Always test a sample of the media before you purchase large quantities. Your media supplier should understand the requirements specified in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide (HP part number 5963-7863). See Guidelines for using media for more information.
########### HP media
HP recommends that you use HP LaserJet media in the all-in-one.
########### Media to avoid
The all-in-one can handle many types of media. Using media that is outside the specifications degrades print quality and increases the chance of jams occurring.
Media that can damage the all-in-one
In rare circumstances media can damage the all-in-one. Avoid the following types of media to prevent possible damage:
To order HP LaserJet printing supplies, go to www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies in the U.S. or to www.hp.com/ ghp/buyonline.html/ worldwide.
ENWW Choosing paper and other media 27
#### Guidelines for using media
The following sections provide guidelines and instructions for printing on transparencies, envelopes, and other special media. Guidelines and specifications are included to help you select media that optimizes print quality and avoid media that can cause jams or damage the all-in-one.
########### Paper
For best results, use conventional 80-g/m2 or 20 lb paper. Make sure that the paper is of good quality and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, voids, and curled or bent edges.
If you are unsure about what type of paper you are loading (such as bond or recycled), check the label on the package of paper.
Some paper causes print quality problems, jamming, or damage to the all-in-one. Table 3-1 Paper usage
Symptom Problem with paper Solution Poor print quality or toner adhesion Problems with feeding
Too moist, too rough, too smooth, or embossed
Try another kind of paper that has a smoothness rating of 100-250 Sheffield and has 4-6 % moisture content.
Check the all-in-one and make sure that the appropriate media type has been selected.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl Stored improperly Store paper flat in its moistureproof
wrapping. Increased gray background shading Might be too heavy Use lighter paper. Excessive curl Problems with feeding
Too moist, wrong grain direction, or short-grain construction
Use long-grain paper. Use the straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only).
Check the all-in-one and make sure that the appropriate media type has been selected.
Jamming or damage to all-in-one Cutouts or perforations Do not use paper with cutouts or
perforations. Problems with feeding Ragged edges Use good quality paper.
| | |---|
NOTE The all-in-one uses heat and pressure to fuse toner to the paper. Make sure that any colored paper or preprinted forms use inks that are compatible with the fuser temperature of 200°C (392°) for 0.1 second.
Do not use letterhead that is printed with low-temperature inks, such as those used in some types of thermography.
Do not use raised letterhead. Do not use transparencies that are designed for inkjet printers or other low-temperature printers. Use only transparencies that are specified for use with HP LaserJet printers.
########### Labels
For the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print labels from the priority input slot. For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print labels from the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) and use the straight-through output path. See Loading media into the input trays for more information.
CAUTION Do not feed a sheet of labels through the all-in-one more than once. The adhesive degrades and might damage the all-in-one.
Label construction When selecting labels, consider the quality of the following components:
########### Transparencies
Transparencies must be able to withstand 200°C (392°F), the all-in-one maximum fuser temperature.
CAUTION You can print transparencies from a 250-sheet tray (tray 1 on the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one; tray 2 or optional tray 3 on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one). However, do not load more than 75 transparencies at one time into the tray.
########### Envelopes
For the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print envelopes from the priority input slot. For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, HP recommends that you print envelopes from the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1) and use the straight-through output path. See Loading media into the input trays for more information.
################ Envelope construction
Envelope construction is critical. Envelope fold lines can vary considerably, not only between manufacturers, but also within a box from the same manufacturer. Successful printing on envelopes depends upon the quality of the envelopes. When selecting envelopes, consider the following components:
################ Envelopes with double-side seams
An envelope with double-side-seam construction has vertical seams at both ends of the envelope rather than diagonal seams. This style might be more likely to wrinkle. Make sure that the seam extends all the way to the corner of the envelope as shown in the following illustration:
|1|Acceptable envelope construction
| |---|---| |2|Unacceptable envelope construction|
################ Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps
Envelopes with a peel-off adhesive strip or with more than one flap that folds over to seal must use adhesives compatible with the heat and pressure in the all-in-one: 200°C (392°F). The extra flaps and strips might cause wrinkling, creasing, or jams.
################ Envelope storage
Proper storage of envelopes contributes to good print quality. You should store envelopes flat. If air is trapped in an envelope, creating an air bubble, the envelope might wrinkle during printing.
########### Card stock and heavy media
You can print many types of card stock from the input tray, including index cards and postcards. Some card stock performs better than others because its construction is better suited for feeding through a laser printer. The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one is designed to accommodate card stock by opening the rear output door to use the straight-through output path.
For optimum performance, do not use paper heavier than 157 g/m2 (42 lb). Paper that is too heavy might cause misfeeds, stacking problems, jams, poor toner fusing, poor print quality, or excessive mechanical wear.
| | |---|
NOTE You might be able to print on heavier paper if you do not fill the input tray to capacity and if you use paper with a smoothness rating of 100-180 Sheffield.
################ Card stock construction
Card stock guidelines Set margins at least 2 mm (0.08 inch) away from the edges.
########### Letterhead and preprinted forms
Letterhead is premium paper that often has a watermark, sometimes uses cotton fiber, and is available in a wide range of colors and finishes with matching envelopes. Preprinted forms can be made of a broad spectrum of paper types ranging from recycled to premium.
Many manufacturers now design these grades of paper with properties optimized for laser printing and advertise the paper as laser compatible or laser guaranteed. Some of the rougher surface finishes, such as cockle, laid, or linen, might require the special fuser modes that are available on some printer models to achieve adequate toner adhesion.
| | |---|
NOTE Some page-to-page variation is normal when printing with laser printers. This variation cannot be observed when printing on plain paper. However, this variation is obvious when printing on preprinted forms because the lines and boxes are already placed on the page.
To avoid problems when using preprinted forms, embossed paper, and letterhead, observe the following guidelines:
#### Supported media weights and sizes
For optimum results, use conventional 75 to 90 g/m2 (20 to 24 lb) photocopy paper. Verify that the paper is of good quality and is free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, curls, and bent edges.
| |
|---|
NOTE The all-in-one supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. The capacity of trays and bins can vary depending on media weight and thickness and on environmental conditions. Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP LaserJet printers. Inkjet and monochrome transparencies are not supported for the all-in-one.
Media Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2
Paper Minimum: 76 x 127 mm
(3 x 5 inches)
60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lb) Up to 10 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20
lb paper
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
HP Cover paper3 Same as the preceding listed
minimum and maximum sizes
203 g/m2 (75 lb cover) 1 sheet Transparencies and opaque film Thickness: 0.10 to 0.13 mm
(3.9 to 5.1 mils)
1 transparency
Labels4 Thickness: up to 0.23 mm (up
to 9 mils)
1 sheet of labels
Envelopes Up to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb) Up to 10
########################################### Media Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2
Minimum size 76 x 127 mm (3.0 x 5.0 inches) 60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lb) 250 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20
lb paper
Maximum size 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches) Letter 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
Table 3-3 Tray 1 specifications, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one (continued)
Media Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2 Executive 191 x 267 mm (7.3 x 10.5 inches) 8.5 x 13 inches 216 x 330 mm (8.5 x 13 inches)
Media Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2
Paper Minimum: 76 x 127 mm
(3 x 5 inches)
60 to 163 g/m2 (16 to 43 lb) 1 sheet
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
HP Cover paper3 Same as the preceding listed
minimum and maximum sizes
203 g/m2 (75 lb cover) 1 sheet Transparencies and opaque film Thickness: 0.10 to 0.13 mm
(3.9 to 5.1 mils)
1 transparency
Labels4 Thickness: up to 0.23 mm (up
to 9 mils)
1 sheet of labels
Envelopes Up to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb) 1 envelope
########################################### Media Dimensions1 Weight Capacity2
Minimum size 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 inches) 60 to 105 g/m2 (16 to 28 lb) 250 sheets of 80 g/m2 or 20
lb paper
Maximum size 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches) Letter 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
Media Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity
Minimum size 148 x 105 mm (5.83 x 4.13
inches)
60 to 105 g/m2 (16 to 28 lb) 30 sheets (80 g/m2or 20 lb bond)
Maximum size 216 x 381 mm (8.5 x 15 inches)1 1 For legal-sized (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14 inches) and larger media, feed one sheet at a time through the ADF.
Media Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Minimum-size 127 x 127 mm (5 x 5 inches) 60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb bond) 50 sheets (80 g/m2or 20 lb bond) Maximum-size 216 x 381 mm (8.5 x 15 inches)
| | |---|
NOTE When faxing, copying, or scanning using the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone, use the flatbed scanner if the original is fragile, thin, thick, too small for the ADF, or a photograph. Also use the flatbed scanner for the fit-to-page copying feature. The flatbed scanner provides the best fax, copy, and scan resolution.
#### Printing and storage environment
Ideally, the printing and media-storage environment should be at or near room temperature, and not too dry or too humid. Remember that paper absorbs and loses moisture rapidly.
Heat works with humidity to damage paper. Heat causes the moisture in paper to evaporate, while cold causes it to condense on the sheets. Heating systems and air conditioners remove most of the humidity from a room. As paper is opened and used, it loses moisture, causing streaks and smudging. Humid weather or water coolers can cause the humidity to increase in a room. As paper is opened and used it absorbs any excess moisture, causing light print and dropouts. Also, as paper loses and gains moisture it can distort. This issue can cause jams.
As a result, paper storage and handling are as important as the paper-making process itself. Paper storage environmental conditions directly affect the feed operation and print quality.
Care should be taken not to purchase more paper than can be easily used in a short time (about three months). Paper stored for long periods can experience heat and moisture extremes, which can cause damage. Planning is important to prevent damage to a large supply of paper.
Unopened paper in sealed reams can remain stable for several months before use. Opened packages of paper have more potential for environmental damage, especially if they are not wrapped with a moisture-proof barrier.
The media-storage environment should be maintained to ensure optimum performance. The required condition is 20° to 24°C (68° to 75°F), with a relative humidity of 45% to 55%. The following guidelines are helpful when evaluating the storage environment:
4 Using the all-in-one
ENWW 37
#### Loading media into the input trays
The following sections describe how to load media into the different input trays.
CAUTION Printing on wrinkled, folded, or damaged media can cause jams. See Guidelines for using media for more information.
########### Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan
Use these instructions to load originals into the all-in-one for scanning. For the best quality scans, use the flatbed scanner.
########################## To load originals onto the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
####################### To load originals into the automatic document feeder (ADF)
| | |---|
NOTE The ADF capacity for the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one is up to 30 sheets of 80 g/m2or 20 lb media. The ADF capacity for the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one is up to 50 sheets of 80 g/m2or 20 lb media.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the all-in-one, do not use an original that contains correction tape, correction fluid, paper clips, or staples. Also, do not load photographs, small originals, or fragile originals into the ADF.
-or-
For the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one, insert the top-end of the stack of originals into the ADF input tray, with the media stack face-up and the first page to be copied on top of the stack.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050
Document Loaded appears on the control-panel display.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3050
########### Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one Priority input slot
The priority input slot on the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one holds up to 10 sheets of media up to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) in weight or one envelope, transparency, or card. Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing up. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side media guides before feeding the media.
################ 250-sheet input tray (tray 1)
The input tray holds up to 250 pages of 80 g/m2 or 20 lb paper or fewer pages of heavier media (25 mm (0.9 inch) or less stack height). Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing down. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side and rear media guides.
| |
|---|
NOTE When you add new media, make sure that you remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the stack of new media. This helps to prevent multiple sheets of media from feeding into the all-in-one, which can cause jams.
########### Loading input trays, HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one Single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1)
The single-sheet priority input slot on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one holds one sheet of media up to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) in weight or one envelope, transparency, or card. Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing up. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side media guides before feeding the media.
| | |---|
NOTE When feeding media into the single-sheet priority input slot on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, the all-in-one pulls the media partially into the all-in-one and then pauses. You must wait for the all-in-one to stop before feeding another sheet of media. You can only feed one sheet of media at a time.
################ 250-sheet input tray (tray 2 or optional tray 3)
| | |---|
NOTE Tray 3 is optional for the HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one.
The input tray holds up to 250 pages of 80 g/m2 or 20 lb paper or fewer pages of heavier media (25 mm (0.9 inch) or less stack height). Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing down. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side and rear media guides.
| | |---|
NOTE When you add new media, make sure that you remove all of the media from the input tray and straighten the stack of new media. This helps to prevent multiple sheets of media from feeding into the all-in-one, which can cause jams.
#### Controlling print jobs
This section provides basic printing instructions. When making changes to printing settings, follow the hierarchy of how changes are prioritized.
| | |---|
NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program.
########### Print-settings priorities
When making changes to printing settings, follow the hierarchy of how changes are prioritized. (Note that the names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program.)
########### Selecting a source
You can print by source (tray) or by type or size. To print by source, follow these steps. For Macintosh operating systems, types and sizes are grouped together under the Paper Source pop-up menu.
########### Selecting a type or size
You can print by source (tray) or by type or size. If you are printing on special print media, such as heavy paper, it is important to print by type to achieve good results. To print by type or size, follow these steps. For Macintosh operating systems, types and sizes are all grouped together under the Paper Source pop-up menu.
#### Using the all-in-one control panel
You can configure settings at the all-in-one control panel.
########### Changing the all-in-one control-panel display language
Use this procedure to print reports or to show messages on the all-in-one control-panel display in a language other than the default for your country/region.
########################## To change the all-in-one control-panel display language
########### Changing the default media size and type
Set the size and type of media that you usually load in the input tray. The all-in-one uses these settings for copying, printing reports, printing faxes, and determining autoreduction sizes for incoming faxes.
################ To change the default media size
################ To change the default media type
################ Changing the default tray configuration
The default tray configurations (size and type) are set to Any, which means that any type and any size of supported media can be printed from that tray. Configure your trays for the size and type using the following instructions only if you regularly need to print on a specific size and type of media.
########################## To change the default media size for a tray
########################## To change the default media type for a tray
########### Using the all-in-one volume controls
You can control the volume of the following sounds:
################ Changing the alarm volume
The alarm sounds when the all-in-one presents an alert or critical error message. The alarm duration length is one second.
########################## To change the alarm volume
| | |---|
NOTE The factory-set default for the alarm volume is Soft.
################ Changing the volume for the fax
This setting determines the volume of various fax sounds that occur when the all-in-one is sending or receiving fax jobs.
########################## To change the volume for the fax
| | |---|
NOTE The factory-set default is Soft.
################ Changing the ring volume of the fax
The fax ring sounds when the all-in-one is initially sending or receiving a call. The ring duration length depends on the local telecom ring-pattern length.
########################## To change the ring volume of the fax
| | |---|
NOTE The factory-set default is Soft.
################ Changing the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume
The key-press volume controls the sound that is made when an all-in-one control-panel button is pressed.
########################## To change the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume
| |
|---|
NOTE The factory-set default for the all-in-one control-panel key-press volume is Soft.
5 Printing
This section provides information about common printing tasks.
For information about managing the all-in-one and its settings by using the HP ToolboxFX, see HP ToolboxFX.
| | |---|
NOTE Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by using the HP ToolboxFX. For instructions about using the HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
ENWW 47
#### Using features in the Windows printer driver
When you print from a software program, many of the product features are available from the printer driver. For complete information about the features that are available in the printer driver, see the printer-driver Help. The following features are described in this section:
| | |---|
NOTE Settings in the printer driver and software program generally override control-panel settings. Software-program settings generally override printer-driver settings.
########### Creating and using quick sets
Use quick sets to save the current driver settings for reuse. For example, you can save the pageorientation, print-on-both-sides, and paper-source settings in a quick set. Quick sets are available on most printer-driver tabs. You can save up to 25 Print Task Quick Sets.
| | |---|
NOTE The printer driver might report that 25 Print Task Quick Sets have been defined when fewer than 25 are visible. Some predefined Print Task Quick Sets, which do not apply to your product, might be included and are counted in the total number.
########################## To create a quick set
########################## To use quick sets
| | |---|
NOTE To restore printer-driver default settings, select Default Print Settings from the Print Task Quick Sets drop-down list.
########### Creating and using watermarks
A watermark is a notice, such as "Confidential," that is printed in the background of each page of a document.
########################## To use an existing watermark
########### Resizing documents
Use the document resizing options to scale a document to a percentage of its normal size. You can also choose to print a document on a different size paper, with or without scaling.
########################## To reduce or enlarge a document
########################## To print a document onto a different paper size
########### Setting a custom paper size from the printer driver
########################## To set a custom paper size
########### Using different paper and printing covers
Follow these instructions for printing a first page that is different from other pages in the print job.
########################## -or-
Select the appropriate paper type or source for the other pages of the print job. The product is now set to print the document on the paper that you selected.
| | |---|
NOTE The paper size must be the same for all pages of the print job.
########### Printing a blank first page or last page
########################## To print a blank first page or last page
########### Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper
You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature is available in some drivers and provides a cost-effective way to print draft pages.
To print more than one page on a sheet of paper, look for a layout or pages-per-sheet option in the driver. (This is sometimes called 2-up, 4-up, or n-up printing.)
########################## To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper
########### Printing on both sides
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available using the automatic duplexer on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding the page through the all-in-one twice.
| | |---|
NOTE In the printer driver, Print on Both Sides (manually) is available only when duplex printing is not available or when duplex printing is not supported for the type of print media being used.
################ To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). This could lead to a jam in the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE The printer driver also contains instructions and graphics for manually duplexing.
| | |---|
NOTE If the Print on Both Sides option is dimmed or unavailable, open the all-in-one properties (printer driver). On the Device Settings tab or the Configure tab, select Allow Manual Duplexing, and then click OK. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 5. Gather the printed pages, keep the printed side facing down, and straighten the stack.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 6. Place the stack of media in the input tray again. The printed side should be facing down with thetop edge feeding into the all-in-one first.
1
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 7. On the computer screen, click OK and wait for the second side to print.
################ To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could result.
#### Using features in the Macintosh printer driver
When you print from a software program, many of the features are available from the printer driver. For complete information about the features that are available in the printer driver, see the printerdriver Help. The following features are described in this section:
| | |---|
NOTE Settings in the printer driver and software program generally override control-panel settings. Software-program settings generally override printer-driver settings.
########### Creating and using presets in Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
Use presets to save the current driver settings for reuse. For example, you can save the page orientation, print-on-both-sides feature, and paper-type settings in a preset.
########################## To create a preset
########################## To use presets
| | |---|
NOTE To restore printer-driver default settings, select Standard from the Presets pop-up menu.
########### Printing a cover page (Macintosh)
If you want to, you can print a separate cover page for your document that includes a message (such as “Confidential”).
########################## To print a cover page
| |
|---|
NOTE To print a blank cover page, select Standard as the Cover Page Type.
########### Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh)
You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature provides a cost-effective way to print draft pages.
########################## To print multiple pages on one sheet of paper
########### Printing on both sides (Macintosh)
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available by using the automatic duplexer on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding the page through the all-in-one twice.
################ To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28-lb bond). Jamming might result.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 5. Gather the printed pages, keep the printed side facing down, and straighten the stack.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 6. Place the stack of media in the input tray again. The printed side should be facing down with thetop edge feeding into the all-in-one first.
1
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 7. On the computer screen, click OK and wait for the second side to print.
################ To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) (Macintosh)
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could result.
continue.
#### Selecting an output location (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one)
The HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one comes with the top output bin and a rear output door for printing to a straight-through output path. Print jobs emerge from the top output bin when the rear output door is closed. Print jobs emerge from the back of the all-in-one when the rear output door is open.
######## 21
|1|Rear output door| |---|---| |2
|Top output bin|
#### Printing on special media
Use these guidelines when printing on special types of media.
| | |---|
NOTE Not all features are available for all printer drivers or operating systems. See the all-inone properties (driver) online Help for information about the available features for the driver.
########### Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
For Macintosh printer drivers, on the Paper/Quality tab or the Paper tab (the Paper Type/ Quality tab for some Macintosh drivers), select your media type.
########### Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
For Macintosh drivers, on thePaper/Qualitytab or thePapertab (thePrinter Featurestab for some Mac drivers), choose the correct media type.
| | | |---|---|
########### Transparencies and labels
Only use transparencies and labels that are recommended for use in laser printers, such as HP transparency film and HP LaserJet labels. See Guidelines for using media for more information.
CAUTION Be sure to set the correct media type in the all-in-one settings. The all-in-one adjusts the fuser temperature according to the media type setting. When printing on special media such as transparencies or labels, this adjustment prevents the fuser from damaging the media as it passes through the all-in-one.
| | |---|
CAUTION Inspect the media to make sure that it is not wrinkled or curled and that it does not have any torn edges or missing labels.
NOTE You can load multiple transparencies in the main input tray (tray 2). However, do not load more than 75 transparencies at a time.
########### Custom-size media and card stock
Use the main input tray for multiple sheets. See Supported media weights and sizes for the supported media sizes.
CAUTION Make sure that the sheets are not stuck together before you load them.
########### Colored paper
########### Envelopes
Only use envelopes that are recommended for laser printers. See Guidelines for using media for more information.
| | |---|
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, you must load envelopes one at a time in the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1).
To prevent the envelope from curling as it prints, open the rear output door (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
######### Heavy paper
CAUTION Using paper that is heavier than the media specification recommended for this allin-one can cause misfeeds, jams, reduced print quality, and excessive mechanical wear. Some heavier media, such as HP Cover Stock, can be safely used.
######### Letterhead and preprinted forms
The all-in-one can print on letterhead and preprinted forms that can withstand temperatures of 200°C (392°F).
| | |---|
NOTE To print a single-page cover letter on letterhead, followed by a multiple-page document, feed the letterhead face up in the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1), and load the standard paper in the main input tray (tray 2). The all-in-one automatically prints from the single-sheet priority input slot first.
#### Canceling a print job
If your print job is currently printing, you can cancel it by pressing Cancel on the all-in-one control panel.
CAUTION Pressing Cancel clears the job that the all-in-one is currently processing. If more than one process is running (for example, the all-in-one is printing a document while receiving a fax), pressing Cancel clears the process that currently appears on the all-in-one control panel.
You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue. To stop the print job immediately, remove the remaining print media from the all-in-one. After printing stops, use one of the following options:
ENWW Canceling a print job 65
########################### 66 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW
6 Fax
| | |---|
NOTE Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by using the HP ToolboxFX. For instructions about using the HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
ENWW 67
#### Basic fax features and tasks
########### Fax control-panel buttons
The controls for sending faxes are located on the left side of the control panel.
Shift
08
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3055
This section describes how to fax a document.
########### Specifying the fax settings
Before you can begin using the all-in-one fax features, you must complete the following tasks:
| | |---|
NOTE If you are installing the all-in-one software on your computer, you can skip the remaining instructions in this chapter. The software installer automatically helps you to set up the fax settings, unless you are using Microsoft Windows® 95 or Windows NT®. See the electronic User Guide for instructions.
If you completed the software installation, you are ready to send faxes from your computer. If you did not complete the fax setup process at the time you installed the software, you can complete it at any time by using the Fax Setup Wizard in the all-in-one program group (click Start, Programs, HP, the name of your all-in-one, and HP Fax Setup Wizard).
In the United States and many other regions/countries, setting the time, date, and other fax header information is a legal requirement.
################ Setting the time and date
########################## To set the time and date
To set or change the time and date, use the following steps. If you need help entering any information, see Enter text from the control panel.
-orIf you specified the 24-hour clock, press .
| |
|---|
########################## To set the fax header
To set or change the fax header information, complete the following steps. If you need help entering any information, see Enter text from the control panel.
| | |---|
NOTE The maximum number of characters allowed in the fax number is 20. The maximum number of characters allowed in the company name is 40.
########### Sending faxes
########################## To send a fax to one recipient
-or-
If the fax number you are calling has a speed-dial entry, press Phone Book, use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the speed-dial entry, and then press .
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO.
When the last page of the fax has exited the all-in-one, you can start sending another fax, copying, or scanning.
You can assign a one-touch key or speed-dial entry numbers that you use regularly. See To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys and To program group-dial entries. If you have electronic phone books available, you might be able to use them to select recipients. Electronic phone books are generated by using third-party software programs.
########################## To send a fax to multiple recipients
You can send a fax to several fax numbers at once. If you want to send a fax to a group of fax numbers that you have assigned to a group-dial entry, see the information later in this section about sending faxes by using group-dial entries. If you want to send a fax to a group of numbers (maximum of 20) that have not been assigned a group-dial entry, see the information later in this section about sending faxes to groups manually (ad hoc faxing).
In the rare instance that your document does not fit into memory, complete one of the following:
Clear saved faxes from the fax memory. For more information, see Deleting faxes from memory.
########################## -or-
Divide the document into smaller sections, and then send the document as multiple fax jobs.
########################## To send a fax by using a group-dial entry
Press Phone Book, use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the group-dial entry, and then press .
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO.
The all-in-one scans the document into memory and sends the fax to each number specified. If a number in the group is busy or does not answer, the all-in-one redials the number based on its redial setting. If all redial attempts fail, the all-in-one updates the fax activity log with the error and proceeds to the next number in the group.
########################## To send a fax to a group manually (ad hoc faxing)
Use the following instructions to send a fax to a group of recipients that has not been assigned a group-dial entry:
-or-
If the fax number that you are calling has been assigned a speed-dial entry, press Phone Book, use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the speed-dial entry, and then press .
The all-in-one sends the fax to each fax number. If a number in the group is busy or does not answer, the all-in-one redials that number based on its redial setting. If all redial attempts fail, the allin-one updates the fax activity log by adding the error, and then it proceeds to the next number in the group.
| | |---|
NOTE The fax activity log feature is not supported in the software for Windows 98 or Windows Me, but you can print the fax activity log by using the control panel. For instructions, see Printing the fax activity log.
########### Using manual dial
Usually, the all-in-one dials after you press Start Fax. At times, however, you might want the all-inone to dial each number as you press it. For example, if you are charging your fax call to a calling card, you might need to dial the fax number, wait for the acceptance tone of your telephone company, and then dial the calling card number. When dialing internationally, you might need to dial part of the number and then listen for dial tones before continuing to dial.
########################## To use manual dial with the automatic document feeder (ADF)
| | |---|
NOTE The all-in-one dials the number as you press each digit. This allows you to wait for pauses, dial tones, international-access tones, or calling-card-acceptance tones before continuing to dial.
########################## To use manual dial with the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO, and then go to the next step.
########### Redialing manually
If you want to send another document to the last fax number that was dialed, use the following procedure to redial manually. If you are trying to resend the same document that you sent the first time, wait until the automatic redial attempts have stopped or until you have stopped them yourself. Otherwise, the recipient might get the fax twice: once from the manual redial attempt and once from one of the automatic redial attempts.
| | |---|
NOTE To stop the current redial attempt for a fax, or to cancel all pending, automatic redial attempts for a fax, see Canceling a fax job. To change redial settings, see Changing the redial settings.
################ To redial manually
-orIf you are finished, press 2 to select NO.
The all-in-one sends the fax to the number that it redialed. If the number is busy or does not answer, the all-in-one redials the number based on its redial setting. If all redial attempts fail, the all-in-one updates the fax activity log by adding the error.
########### Canceling a fax job
Use these instructions to cancel a single fax that is currently dialing or a fax that is being transmitted or received.
To cancel the current fax job Press Cancel on the control panel. Any pages that have not been transmitted are canceled. Pressing Cancel also stops group-dial jobs.
To cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status Use this procedure to cancel a fax job in the following situations:
########### Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The contrast affects the lightness and darkness of an outgoing fax as it is being sent.
########################## To change the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The default light/dark setting is the contrast that is normally applied to items that are being faxed. The slider is set to the middle as the default setting.
########### Changing resolution settings
| | |---|
NOTE Increasing the resolution increases the fax size. Larger faxes increase the send time and could exceed the available memory in the all-in-one.
The factory-set default resolution setting is Fine. Use this procedure to change the default resolution for all fax jobs to one of the following settings:
########################## To adjust the resolution for the current fax job
| | |---|
NOTE This procedure changes the fax resolution for the current fax job. For instructions about changing the default fax resolution, see Changing resolution settings.
NOTE To change the fax contrast or glass-scan size, you must change the default settings. See Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting or Changing the default glass-size setting.
########### Changing the default glass-size setting
This setting determines which paper size the flatbed scanner scans when you send a fax from the scanner. The factory-set default is determined by the region/country in which you purchased the allin-one.
########################## To change the default glass-size setting
########### Selecting tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode
Use this procedure to set the all-in-one to tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is Tone. Do not change this setting unless you know that your telephone line cannot use tone dialing.
########################## To select tone-dialing or pulse-dialing
| | |---|
NOTE The pulse-dialing option is not available in all regions/countries.
########### Changing the redial settings
If the all-in-one was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer or was busy, the all-in-one attempts to redial based on the redial-on-busy, redial-on-no-answer, and redialon-communication-error options. Use the procedures in this section to turn these options on or off.
########################## To change the redial-on-busy option
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if it receives a busy signal. The factoryset default for the redial-on-busy option is On.
########################## To change the redial-on-no-answer option
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if the receiving machine does not answer. The factory-set default for the redial-on-no-answer option is Off.
########################## To change the redial-on-communication-error option
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if some sort of communication error occurs. The factory-set default for the redial-on-communication-error option is On.
Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes If the fit-to-page option is turned on, the all-in-one automatically reduces long faxes up to 75% to fit the information on the default paper size (for example, the fax is reduced from legal to letter size). If the fit-to-page option is turned off, long faxes print at full size on multiple pages. The factory-set default for incoming fax autoreduction is On. If you have the stamp-received faxes option turned on, you might also want to turn on autoreduction. This reduces the size of the incoming faxes slightly, and prevents the page-stamp from forcing a fax onto two pages.
| | |---|
NOTE Make sure that the media-size setting matches the size of the media that is loaded in the tray.
########################## To change autoreduction for incoming faxes
########### Blocking or unblocking fax numbers
If you do not want to receive faxes from specific people or businesses, you can block as many as 30 fax numbers by using the control panel. When you block a fax number and someone from that number sends you a fax, the control-panel display indicates that the number is blocked, the fax does not print, and the fax is not saved in memory. Faxes from blocked fax numbers appear in the fax activity log with a “discarded” designation. You can unblock blocked fax numbers individually or all at one time.
| | |---|
NOTE The sender of a blocked fax is not notified that the fax failed.
To print a list of numbers that you have blocked, see Printing the block-fax list. To print the fax activity log, see Printing the fax activity log.
To block or unblock a fax number Complete the following steps to block or unblock fax numbers by using the control panel:
To unblock a single fax number, use the < or the > button to select Delete entry, and then press . Use the < or the > button to select the fax number that you want to delete, and then press to confirm the deletions.
-orTo unblock all blocked fax numbers, use the < or the > button to select Clear all, and then press
. Press again to confirm the deletions.
#### Advanced fax features and tasks
########### Using speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries
You can store frequently dialed fax numbers or groups of fax numbers as one-touch keys, speed-dial entries, or group-dial entries.
In the all-in-one phone book, a total of 120 entries are available for speed-dial entries and group-dial entries. For example, if you program 100 of the entries as speed-dials, the remaining 20 can be used for group-dials.
################ Using dialing characters
When using the control panel to enter your name in the header or to enter a name for a one-touch key, speed-dial entry, or group-dial entry, press the appropriate alphanumeric button repeatedly until the letter that you need appears. Then, press the > button to select that letter and move to the next space. Table 6-1 Alphanumeric buttons and corresponding characters shows which letters and numbers appear on each alphanumeric button when the default language is set to English.
Table 6-1 Alphanumeric buttons and corresponding characters
########################################### Button number Characters Button number Characters
| | |---|
NOTE Use > to move the cursor on the control panel and use < to delete characters.
########################## To insert a pause
You can insert pauses into a fax number that you are dialing or programming to a one-touch key, speed-dial entry, or group-dial entry. Pauses are often needed when dialing internationally or connecting to an outside line.
################ To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
Speed-dial entries 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with their corresponding one-touch keys on the control panel. The one-touch keys can be used for speed-dial or group-dial entries. A maximum of 50 characters can be entered for a single fax number.
| | |---|
NOTE To gain access to all of the speed-dial entries, you must use the Shift button. Speeddial entries 6 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 7 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), and 9 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are all available by pressing Shift and the associated one-touch key on the control panel.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries using HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
Complete the following steps to program speed-dial entries and one-touch keys from the all-in-one control panel:
| | |---|
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears if you want to insert a pause in the dialing sequence, or press * until W appears if you want the all-inone to wait for a dial tone.
| | |---|
NOTE To insert punctuation, press the asterisk (*) button repeatedly until the character that you want appears, and then press the > buttton to go to the next space.
################ To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
| | |---|
NOTE The following procedure cannot be used to program a group-dial entry. For group-dial entry instructions, see To program group-dial entries.
-orPress an unprogrammed one-touch key. The control-panel display notifies you that the speed-dial entry or one-touch key has not been programmed.
| | |---|
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears to insert a pause in the dialing sequence. Press * until W appears if you want the all-in-one to wait for a dial tone.
################ To manage group-dial entries
If you send information to the same group of people on a regular basis, you can program a group-dial entry to simplify the task. Group-dial entries are composed of speed-dial entries. Group-dial entries using numbers 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with the corresponding one-touch key on the control panel.
Any individual speed-dial entry can be added to a group. All group members must have programmed speed-dial entries or one-touch keys assigned to them before being added to the group-dial entry.
| | |---|
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries by using the HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
########################## To program group-dial entries
-or-
Select Phone Book, and then select the speed-dial entry for the group member you want to add. Press to confirm the addition. Repeat this step for each group member you want to add.
########################## To delete group-dial entries
########################## To delete an individual from a group-dial entry
-orPress Cancel if you are finished.
| | |---|
NOTE Deleting a speed-dial entry also deletes that entry from any group-dial entries that included that speed-dial entry.
########################## To delete all phone book entries
You can delete all speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries that are programmed in the all-in-one.
CAUTION After speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are deleted, they cannot be recovered.
########### Inserting a dial prefix
A dial prefix is a number or group of numbers that are automatically added to the beginning of every fax number you enter at the control panel or from the software. The maximum number of characters for a dial prefix is 50.
The default setting is Off. You might want to turn this setting on and enter a prefix if, for example, you have to dial a number such as 9 to get a telephone line outside of your company telephone system. While this setting is activated, you can dial a fax number without the dial prefix by using manual dial. For instructions, see Using manual dial.
########################## To set the dial prefix
########### Sending a delayed fax
You can schedule a fax to be sent automatically at a future time to one or more people. When you complete this procedure, the all-in-one scans the document into memory and returns to the Ready state so that you can perform other tasks.
| | |---|
NOTE If the all-in-one cannot transmit the fax at the scheduled time, that information is indicated on the fax call report (if that option is turned on) or recorded in the fax activity log. The transmittal might be halted because the fax-sending call is not answered, or because a busy signal stops the redial attempts. (See Setting print times for the fax call report and Printing the fax activity log for more information.)
If you have set a fax to be sent at a future time but you need to add something to it, you can send the additional information as another job. All faxes that are scheduled to go to the same fax number at the same time are delivered as individual faxes.
########################## To send a delayed fax
-orIf the all-in-one is set to the 24-hour time mode, press .
-orAccept the default date by pressing .
| | |---|
NOTE This feature does not support undefined (ad hoc) groups.
########### Using billing codes
If the billing codes feature has been turned on, the user will be asked to enter a billing code for each fax. The billing number is credited for each fax page that is sent. This includes all types of faxes except for poll-received, fax-forwarded, or computer-downloaded faxes. For an undefined group or a group-dial fax, the billing number is credited for each successful fax that is sent to each destination. To print a report that shows the total for each billing code, see Printing the billing-code report.
The factory-set default for the billing-code setting is Off. The billing code can be any number from 1 through 250.
########################## To change the billing-code setting
########################## To use billing codes
The fax job is sent and recorded in the billing-code report. For information about printing the billingcode report, see Printing the billing-code report.
########### Reprinting a fax
If you want to reprint a fax because the print cartridge was empty or if the fax was printed on the wrong type of media, you can try to reprint it. The amount of memory that is available determines the actual number of faxes that are stored for reprinting. The most recent fax prints first; the oldest fax that is in storage prints last.
These faxes are stored continuously. Reprinting them does not clear them from the memory. To clear these faxes from the memory, see Deleting faxes from memory.
To reprint a fax Use the following steps to reprint a fax:
| | |---|
NOTE You do not need to use this procedure if the fax does not print because of a jam or because the media is completely depleted. During these situations, faxes are received to memory. As soon as you clear the jam or replenish the media, fax printing automatically resumes.
| | |---|
NOTE To stop the printing at any time, press Cancel.
CAUTION If this setting is set to Off, misprinted of faded faxes cannot be reprinted.
########################## To change the fax reprint settings
The default fax reprint setting is On. To change this setting from the all-in-one control panel, complete the following steps:
########### Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) of received faxes (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only)
When Print duplex is On, all faxes received are printed two-sided. The factory-set default for printing faxes two-sided is Off.
########################## To change the print duplex setting for faxes
########### Deleting faxes from memory
Use this procedure only if you are concerned that someone else has access to your all-in-one and might try to reprint faxes from the memory.
CAUTION In addition to clearing the reprint memory, this procedure clears any fax that is currently being sent, unsent faxes that are pending redial, faxes that are scheduled to be sent at a future time, and faxes that are not printed or forwarded.
########################## To delete faxes from memory
########### Using fax forwarding
You can set your all-in-one to forward incoming faxes to another fax number. When the fax arrives at your all-in-one, it is stored in the memory. The all-in-one then dials the fax number that you have specified and sends the fax. If the all-in-one cannot forward a fax because of an error (for example, the number is busy) and repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful, your all-in-one prints the fax.
If the all-in-one runs out of memory while receiving a fax, it terminates the incoming fax and only forwards the pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory.
When it is using the fax-forwarding feature, the all-in-one (rather than the computer) must be receiving the faxes, and the answer mode must be set to Automatic (see Setting the answer mode).
########################## To use fax forwarding
########### Using fax polling
If someone else has set up a fax to be polled, you can request that the fax be sent to your all-in-one. (This is known as polling another machine).
########################## To poll (request a fax from) another fax machine
########### Changing the silence-detect mode
This setting controls whether or not you can receive faxes from older-model fax machines that do not emit a fax signal during fax transmissions. At the time of this publication, these silent-model fax machines represented very few of the fax machines in use. The default setting is Off. The silencedetect mode setting should be changed only if you regularly receive faxes from someone who uses an older-model fax machine.
########################## To change the silence-detect mode
########### Creating stamp-received faxes
The all-in-one prints the sender identification information at the top of each received fax. You can also choose to have your own header information included on each received fax to confirm the date and time that the fax was received. The factory-set default for stamp-received faxes is Off.
| | |---|
NOTE This option applies only to received faxes that the all-in-one prints.
########################## To make stamp-received faxes available
########### Setting the fax-error-correction mode
Usually, the all-in-one monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax. If the all-in-one detects an error during the transmission and the error-correction setting is On, the allin-one can request that the portion of the fax be resent. The factory-set default for error correction is
########################## On.
You should turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you are willing to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas or receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite telephone connection.
########################## To change the error-correction setting
########### Changing the V.34 setting
The V.34 setting is the modem protocol that the all-in-one uses to send faxes. It is the worldwide standard for full-duplex modems that send and receive data across telephone lines at up to 33,600 bits per second (bps). The factory-set default for the V.34 setting is On.
You should change the V.34 setting only if you are having trouble sending a fax to or receiving a fax from a particular device. Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas, or receive one from overseas, or if you are using a satellite telephone connection.
########################## To change the V.34 setting
########### Changing the sound-volume settings
Control the volume of the fax sounds from the control panel. You can make changes to the following sounds:
################ To change the fax-sounds (line-monitor) volume (HP LaserJet 3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
Complete the following steps to change the fax-sounds volume on the (HP LaserJet 3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
################ To change the ring volume
When the all-in-one is initially receiving a call, a ring alert is audible. The ring duration length is based on the local telephone company ring-pattern length. The factory-set default for the ring volume is Soft.
#### Fax logs and reports
Use the following instructions to print fax logs and reports:
########### Printing the fax activity log
The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received, sent, or deleted, and any errors that occurred. A fax activity log includes the following information:
To print the fax activity log Use the following steps to print a fax activity log:
########################## To set the fax activity log to print automatically
You can decide whether or not you want the fax log to print automatically after every 40 entries. The factory-set default is On. Use the following steps to set the fax activity log to print automatically:
########### Printing a fax call report
A fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received.
########################## To print a fax call report
| | |---|
NOTE To set the fax call report to print automatically, see Setting print times for the fax call report.
########### Setting print times for the fax call report
You can set the all-in-one to print a fax call report after any of the following events:
| | |---|
NOTE If you select Never, you will have no indication that a fax failed to be transmitted unless you print a fax activity log.
To set the print times for the fax call report Use the following steps to set when the fax call report is printed:
########### Including the first page of each fax on the fax call report
If this option is turned on and the page image still exists in the all-in-one memory, the fax call report includes a thumbnail (50% reduction) of the first page of the most recent fax that was sent or received. The factory-set default for this option is On.
To include the first page of each fax on the fax call report Use the following steps to include the first page of each fax on the fax call report:
########### Printing a phone book report
A phone book report lists the fax numbers that are assigned to the one-touch buttons and speed-dial and group-dial entries.
To print a phone book report Use the following steps to print a one-touch, speed-dial, and group-dial report:
########### Printing the billing-code report
The billing-code report is a printed list of all of the fax billing codes and the total number of faxes that have been billed to each code.
| | |---|
NOTE After this report is printed, all billing data is deleted.
########################## To print the billing-code report
menu settings and prints the report.
########### Printing the block-fax list
Use this procedure to print a list of the blocked fax numbers. For information about blocking fax numbers, see Blocking or unblocking fax numbers.
########################## To print the block-fax list
########### Printing all fax reports
Use this procedure to print all of the following reports at one time:
To print all fax reports Use the following steps to print all fax reports:
#### Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer
This section contains basic instructions for sending faxes by using the software that came with the allin-one. All other software-related topics are covered in the software Help, which can be opened from the software-program Help menu.
| | |---|
NOTE The HP fax software and HP ToolboxFX are not supported for Windows 98 or Windows Me. The HP ToolboxFX software is not supported for Macintosh.
NOTE Receiving faxes by using a computer is not supported for Macintosh.
You can fax electronic documents from your computer if you meet the following requirements:
To send a fax from the software (Windows 2000 or XP) The procedure to send a fax varies according to your specifications. The most typical steps follow.
| | |---|
NOTE You can also send a fax from HP ToolboxFX by navigating to the Fax Tasks section and clicking the Fax Send button.
########################## To send a fax from the software (Mac OS X V10.3)
########################## To send a fax from the software (Mac OS X V10.4)
Using Mac OS X V10.4, you can choose between two methods of sending faxes from the all-in-one software.
To send a fax by using HP Director, complete the following steps:
########################## To send a fax from a third-party software program, such as Microsoft Word (all operating systems)
-orMac users: Complete steps 2 through 6 in either the Mac OS X V10.3 or the Mac OS X V10.4 section of Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer.
########################## To receive faxes to your computer
To receive faxes to your computer, you must turn on the receive-to-PC setting in the software (see the all-in-one software Help). The receive-to-PC setting can be activated only from one computer. If for any reason that computer is no longer available, you can use the following procedure to turn the receive-to-PC setting off from the all-in-one control panel.
To view a fax that was received to your computer
#### Other ways to set up your fax
You can receive faxes to the all-in-one or to your computer. In general, incoming faxes to the all-inone are automatically answered. However, if you change the devices that are connected to the same telephone line as the all-in-one, you must change how the all-in-one answers incoming faxes. See Setting the answer mode for instructions.
Follow the procedures in this section to manage faxes that are routed to the all-in-one.
########### To receive faxes when you hear fax tones
If you have a telephone line that receives both fax and telephone calls, and you hear fax tones when you answer the telephone, you can start the receiving process in one of two ways:
| | |---|
NOTE In order for the second method to work, the extension telephone setting must be set to YES. See Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes to check or change the setting.
########### Setting the answer mode
Depending on your situation, you can set the all-in-one answer mode to Automatic or Manual. The factory-set default is Automatic.
| | |---|
NOTE Although most users leave the answer mode set to Automatic, voice callers who dial the fax telephone number will hear fax tones if the telephone is not answered, or if they do not hang up by the specified number of rings-to-answer. If you do not want voice callers to hear fax tones, use the Manual setting. But remember that fax calls are not received automatically when the mode is set to Manual.
To set the answer mode To set or change the answer mode, complete the following steps:
########################### The control-panel display shows the answer mode setting that you specified.
########### Changing ring patterns (distinctive ring)
Ring-pattern or distinctive-ring service is available through some local telephone companies. The service allows you to have more than one telephone number on a single line. Each telephone number has a unique ring pattern, so that you can answer voice calls and the all-in-one can answer fax calls.
If you subscribe to a ring-pattern service with your telephone company, you must set the all-in-one to answer the correct ring pattern. Not all regions/countries support unique ring patterns. Contact your telephone company to determine if this service is available in your region/country.
| | |---|
NOTE If you do not have ring-pattern service and you change the ring-pattern settings to something other than the default, All Rings, the all-in-one might not be able to receive faxes.
The settings are as follows:
To change ring patterns for call answering To change ring patterns for call answering, complete the following steps:
########### Changing the rings-to-answer setting
When the answer mode is set to Automatic, the all-in-one rings-to-answer setting determines the number of times the telephone rings before the all-in-one answers an incoming call.
If the all-in-one is connected to a line that receives both fax and voice calls (a shared line) and that also uses an answering machine, you might need to adjust the rings-to-answer setting. The number of rings-to-answer for the all-in-one must be greater than the rings-to-answer on the answering machine. This allows the answering machine to answer the incoming call and record a message if it is a voice call. When the answering machine answers the call, the all-in-one listens to the call and automatically answers it if it detects fax tones.
The default setting for rings-to-answer is five for the U.S. and Canada, and two for other countries/ regions.
Using the rings-to-answer setting Use the following table to determine the number of rings-to-answer to use.
########################################### Type of telephone line Recommended rings-to-answer setting
Dedicated fax line (receiving only fax calls) Set to a number of rings within the range shown on the
control-panel display. (The minimum and maximum number of rings allowed varies by country/region.)
One line with two separate numbers and a ring-pattern service One or two rings. (If you have an answering machine or
computer voicemail for the other telephone number, make sure that the all-in-one is set to a greater number of rings than the answering system. Also see Changing ring patterns (distinctive ring).)
Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with only an attached telephone
Five rings or more.
Shared line (receiving both fax and voice calls) with an attached answering machine or computer voicemail
Two rings more than the answering machine or computer voicemail.
To set the number of rings-to-answer To set or change the number of rings-to-answer, use the following steps:
########### Sending a fax by dialing from an extension telephone
Occasionally, you might want to dial a fax number from an extension telephone that is connected to the same line as the all-in-one. For example, if you are sending a fax to a person whose device is in the manual receive mode, you can precede the fax with a voice call to let that person know that the fax is coming.
########################## To send a fax by dialing from an extension telephone
| | |---|
NOTE The telephone must be connected to the "telephone" port (the port that is marked with a telephone icon).
| | |---|
NOTE You cannot use the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3055/3390/3392 all-in-one) when sending a fax by dialing from an extension telephone.
########### Changing the detect-dial-tone setting
Normally, the all-in-one begins dialing a fax number immediately. If you are using the all-in-one on the same line as your telephone, turn on the detect-dial-tone setting. This prevents the all-in-one from sending a fax while someone is on the telephone.
The factory-set default for detect dial tone is On for France and Hungary, and Off for all other countries/regions.
########################## To change the detect-dial-tone setting
########### Receiving faxes on a shared phone line
You can receive faxes to the all-in-one or to your computer. In general, incoming faxes to the all-inone are automatically answered. However, if you change the devices that are connected to the same telephone line as the all-in-one, you must change how the all-in-one answers incoming faxes. See Setting the answer mode for instructions.
Follow the procedures in this section to manage faxes that are routed to the all-in-one. To receive faxes when you hear fax tones
If you have a telephone line that receives both fax and telephone calls, and you hear fax tones when you answer the telephone, you can start the receiving process in one of two ways:
| | |---|
NOTE In order for the second method to work, the extension telephone setting must be set to YES. See Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes to check or change the setting.
########### Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes
With this setting turned on, you can alert the all-in-one to pick up the incoming fax call by pressing 1-2-3 sequentially on the telephone keypad (in tone-dial mode only). The default setting is On. Turn this setting off only if you use pulse dialing or if you have a service from your telephone company that also uses the 1-2-3 sequence. The telephone company service does not work if it conflicts with the all-in-one.
########################## To make an extension telephone available to receive faxes
########### Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-in-one)
########################## To connect the all-in-one to a jack that controls two telephone lines
Use these steps to connect the all-in-one to a single or split telephone jack if you have a dedicated line for fax calls and a separate line for voice calls.
| | |---|
NOTE Two different kinds of splitters are available: Parallel splitters (also called “T” splitters) provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls a single telephone number; Line1/Line2 splitters provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls two unique telephone numbers.
NOTE Not all splitters are compatible with the all-in-one, and not all regions/countries support the use of splitters.
| | | |---|---| | | |
icon).
| | |---|
NOTE You must use the fax cord that came with the all-in-one in order to ensure that the all-in-one functions correctly.
108 Chapter 6 Fax ENWW
| | |---|
NOTE If you do not know which side of the splitter is for the fax number, connect a telephone to one splitter jack and dial the fax number. If you get a busy signal, the telephone is connected to the fax side of the splitter. If you get a ringing signal, the telephone is connected to the telephone side of the splitter.
If you want to connect additional devices (such as a telephone, an answering machine, or a caller-ID box) to the telephone line, see Connecting additional devices.
If you do not want to connect any additional devices, see Specifying the fax settings.
########### Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
########################## To connect the all-in-one to a jack that controls two telephone lines
Use these steps to connect the all-in-one to a single or split telephone jack if you have a dedicated line for fax calls and a separate line for voice calls.
| | |---|
NOTE Two different kinds of splitters are available: Parallel splitters (also called “T” splitters) provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls a single telephone number; Line1/Line2 splitters provide two telephone-line outlets for a jack that controls two unique telephone numbers.
NOTE Not all splitters are compatible with the all-in-one, and not all regions/countries support the use of splitters.
| | |---|
NOTE You must use the fax cord that came with the all-in-one in order to ensure that the all-in-one functions correctly.
| | |---|
NOTE If you do not know which side of the splitter is for the fax number, connect a telephone to one splitter jack and dial the fax number. If you get a busy signal, the telephone is connected to the fax side of the splitter. If you get a ringing signal, the telephone is connected to the telephone side of the splitter.
If you want to connect additional devices (such as a telephone, an answering machine, or a caller-ID box) to the telephone line, see Connecting additional devices.
If you do not want to connect any additional devices, see Specifying the fax settings.
110 Chapter 6 Fax ENWW
#### Connecting additional devices
Depending on the setup of your telephone lines, you can connect additional devices to the telephone line along with the HP LaserJet all-in-one.
As a general rule, no more than three devices should be connected to a single telephone line. If too many devices are connected to a single telephone line, one or more of the devices might not detect an incoming call. If this occurs, disconnect one or more of the devices.
| | |---|
NOTE The HP LaserJet all-in-one cannot replace a computer modem. It cannot act as a data modem for sending and receiving e-mail, connecting to the Internet, or communicating with other computers.
########### Using a dedicated fax line
If you connect the HP LaserJet all-in-one to a telephone line that is used only for fax calls, you might want to connect the following devices:
You should not connect the following devices:
● Answering machine or computer voicemail: If you use computer voicemail, you must connect a modem (external or internal) to your dedicated voice line. Then, use the dedicated voice line to connect to the Internet and receive voicemail.
########### Using a shared telephone line
If you connected the all-in-one to a telephone line that is shared between fax calls and voice calls, or if you have one telephone line that has two telephone numbers and a ring-pattern service, you might want to connect the following devices:
| | |---|
NOTE It is possible to connect devices to another telephone jack for the same telephone line (in another room, for example). However, the devices could interfere with faxing and with each other.
ENWW Connecting additional devices 111
########### To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone
Connect additional devices in the order that is described in the following steps. The output port for each device is connected to the input port of the next, forming a "chain". If you do not want to connect a specified device, skip the step that explains it and continue to the next device.
| | |---|
NOTE Do not connect more than three devices to the telephone line.
112 Chapter 6 Fax ENWW
| | | |---|---| | | |
| | |---|
NOTE Some modems have a second “line” port to connect to a dedicated voice line. If you have two “line” ports, see your modem documentation to make sure that you connect to the correct “line” port.
ENWW Connecting additional devices 113
########### To connect additional devices to the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone
Connect additional devices in the order that is described in the following steps. The output port for each device is connected to the input port of the next, forming a "chain". If you do not want to connect a specific device, skip the step that explains it and continue to the next device.
| | |---|
NOTE Do not connect more than three devices to the telephone line.
| | |---|
NOTE Some modems have a second “line” port to connect to a dedicated voice line. If you have two “line” ports, see your modem documentation to make sure that you connect to the correct “line” port.
7 Copy
| | |---|
NOTE Instructions for using the flatbed scanner glass do not apply to the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one. For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, use the automatic document feeder (ADF).
ENWW 119
#### Starting a copy job
| | |---|
NOTE There are no fax buttons on the HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one. The control panel shown is the control panel on the HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one.
To make copies with the all-in-one, use the following instructions.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050
-or-
Load your document onto the flatbed scanner (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only). Load documents face-down (one page at a time) with the upper-left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
For more detailed instructions about loading documents onto the flatbed scanner or into the ADF input tray, seeLoading documents to fax, copy, or scan.
| | |---|
NOTE If a document is loaded in the ADF input tray and a document is also on the flatbed scanner, the all-in-one automatically scans from the ADF.
##### Canceling a copy job
To cancel a copy job, pressCancelon the all-in-one control panel. If more than one process is running, pressingCancelclears the process that currently appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
| | |---|
NOTE If you cancel a copy job, clear the document from the flatbed scanner or from the automatic document feeder.
ENWW Canceling a copy job 121
Adjusting the copy quality Five copy-quality settings are available: Draft,Text, Mixed, Film photo, and Picture. The factory-set default for copy quality is Text. This setting is the best for items that contain mostly text. When making a copy of a photo or graphic, you can select the Film photo setting for photos or the Picture setting for other graphics to increase the quality of your copy. Select the Mixed setting for documents that include both text and graphics. If you want to conserve toner, and the copy quality is not as important, select Draft. To adjust the copy quality for the current job
job, or press to save the selection without starting the job.
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To adjust the default copy quality
#### Adjusting the lighter/darker (contrast) setting
The lighter/darker setting affects the lightness or darkness (contrast) of the copy. Use the following procedure to change the contrast for the current copy job only.
########################## To adjust the lighter/darker setting for the current job
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
To adjust the default lighter/darker setting NOTE The default lighter/darker setting affects all copy jobs.
| | |---|
ENWW Adjusting the lighter/darker (contrast) setting 123
#### Reducing or enlarging copies
The all-in-one can reduce copies to as little as 25% of the original size or enlarge copies to as much as 400% of the original size.
Reduction/enlargement settings
| | |---|
NOTE When using the Fit to page setting, copy from the flatbed scanner only.
When using the 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet setting, copy from the automatic document feeder only. Also, after selecting the 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet option, you must select the page orientation (portrait or landscape).
########### Adjusting the copy size
########################## To reduce or enlarge copies for the current job
| | |---|
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type a percentage by using the alphanumeric buttons. If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or landscape).
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
You must change the default media size in the media input tray to match the output size, or part of your copy might be cut off.
########################## To adjust the default copy size
| | |---|
NOTE The default copy size is the size to which copies are normally reduced or enlarged. If you keep the factory default size setting of Original=100%, all copies will be the same size as the original document.
| | |---|
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type in the percentage of the original size that you normally want for copies. If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or landscape).
ENWW Reducing or enlarging copies 125
#### Changing the number of copies
You can choose to have the default number of copies be any number from 1 to 99.
########################## To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To change the default number of copies
| | |---|
NOTE The factory-set default for the number of copies is 1.
#### Changing the copy-collation setting
You can set the all-in-one to automatically collate multiple copies into sets. For example, if you are making two copies of three pages and the automatic collation is on, the pages print in this order: 1,2,3,1,2,3. If automatic collation is off, the pages print in this order: 1,1,2,2,3,3.
To use the automatic collation, the original document size must fit into the memory. If it does not, the all-in-one makes only one copy and a message appears notifying you of the change. If that happens, use one of the following methods to finish the job:
########################## To change the copy-collation setting for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one only)
| | |---|
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default copy-collation setting to use copy collation.
########################## To change the default copy-collation setting
| | |---|
NOTE The factory-set default for automatic copy collation is On. The Collate LED on the control panel is on when collation is on.
ENWW Changing the copy-collation setting 127
#### Copying onto media of different types and sizes
The all-in-one is set to copy on either letter- or A4-size paper, depending on the country/region in which it was purchased. You can change the size and type of media that you copy to for the current copy job or for all copy jobs.
Media-size settings
To change the media size and type for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
| | |---|
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default media size and type settings to change the media size and type.
########################## To change the default media-size setting
########################## To change the default media-type setting
ENWW Copying onto media of different types and sizes 129
#### Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-inone)
To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one) Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
#### Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (3052/3055 all-in-one) Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
ENWW Copying two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one) 131
#### Using automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use the 2-Sided button on the control panel display to use duplexing to achieve various results.
| | |---|
NOTE The default setting is 1–1. The 2-Sided LED on the control panel turns on when another setting is used.
Table 7-1 2-Sided settings
Document type 2-Sided setting Resulting copies 2-Sided LED
########################## To make two-sided copies from one-sided documents
########################## To make two-sided copies from two-sided documents
| | |---|
NOTE Two-sided copying from the flatbed scanner glass is not supported.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
########################## To change the default 2-Sided setting
ENWW Using automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
133
#### Changing tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The all-in-one is set to automatically pull media from trays that contain media. The all-in-one always pulls media from the priority input tray (tray 1) if you insert media into tray 1. If there is no media in tray 1, the all-in-one attempts to pull media from tray 3, if installed, and then from tray 2.
You can specify which tray you want to use by changing the tray selection. Auto select, Tray 1, Tray 2, and Tray 3 are available settings.
| | |---|
NOTE Tray 3 is only available if a tray 3 is installed.
########################## To change the tray selection for the current job
########################## To change the default tray selection
#### Copying photos and books (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
########################## To copy a photo
| | |---|
NOTE Photos should be copied from the flatbed scanner of the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one, not from the automatic document feeder (ADF).
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
####################### To copy a book
lower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
ENWW Copying photos and books (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only) 135
########################### 2. Gently close the lid.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
########################### 3. Gently press down on the lid to press the book to the flatbed scanner surface.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
########################### 4. Press Start Copy.
#### Viewing copy settings (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only)
Use the Current Settings button to see the copy settings for the current copy job.
########################## To view copy settings
-orUse the < or the > button to change the setting, and then press .
ENWW Viewing copy settings (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only) 137
8 Scan
ENWW 139
#### Understanding scanning methods
You can scan an item in the following ways.
If the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer, you can also open HP LaserJet Scan by pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel.
| | |---|
NOTE To learn about and use text-recognition software, install the Readiris program from the software CD-ROM. Text-recognition software is also known as optical character recognition (OCR) software.
#### Scanning from the all-in-one control panel (Windows)
| | |---|
NOTE Scanning from the all-in-one control panel is only supported with a full software installation. HP ToolboxFX must be running to scan by using the Scan To button or the Start Scan button.
NOTE For installations in which the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer, some scan destinations are set up by default . For installations in which the all-in-one is connected through a network, scanning from the all-in-one control panel is turned off .
NOTE For the best scan quality, place your originals onto the flatbed scanner (on the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one), rather than loading them into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray.
The computer that is connected to the all-in-one must be turned on.
########### Programming the all-in-one Scan To button
| |
|---|
NOTE The Scan To button must be programmed before you can use it. However, some destinations are programmed by default if the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
########################## To program the Scan To button
| | |---|
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
| | |---|
NOTE The All-in-one window might contain items set up by other computers that are connected to the all-in-one. You cannot make changes to these items.
NOTE Click New to create a new destination.
########### To create, modify, or delete destinations
| | |---|
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
########### Scanning to e-mail
Scanning to e-mail is supported by any e-mail program that supports the Messaging Application Programming Interface (MAPI) protocol. Many versions of popular e-mail programs seem to be MAPIcompliant. See the support information for your e-mail program to determine whether or not it is MAPI-compliant.
| | |---|
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, an e-mail destination must be programmed in the scan setup before scanning to e-mail.. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button. For Macintosh operating systems, set up this function from the Monitor Device tab. See the HP Director online Help.
-or-
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
########### Scanning to a file
To scan to a file by using the Scan To button on the all-in-one control panel, use the following instructions.
| | |---|
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, a file destination must be programmed in the scan setup before scanning to a file. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button.
-or-
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed scanner with the top, left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
########### Scanning to other programs
To scan to another program by using the Scan To button on the all-in-one control panel, use the following instructions.
-or-
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed scanner with the top, left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
#### Scanning by using HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)
| | |---|
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan.
| | |---|
NOTE OK should indicate the action that you want to accomplish.
#### Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh)
For more information about tasks and settings described in this section, see the HP Director online Help.
For more detailed instructions about loading original documents onto the flatbed scanner or into the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray, see Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan.
########### Scanning to e-mail
-or-
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
########### Scanning to a file
-or-
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
-or-
If you are scanning from the flatbed scanner (or if the HP Director does not automatically open), click the HP Director icon in the dock.
ENWW Scanning from the all-in-one and HP Director (Macintosh) 145
########### Scanning to a software program
To scan to a software program, you scan an item using the program itself. Any TWAIN-compliant program can scan an image. If the program that you are using is not TWAIN-compliant, you can save the scanned image to a file and then place, open, or import the file in the software program. For more information, see Scanning by using other software.
########### Using page-by-page scanning
| | |---|
NOTE For best results, load originals in the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray, not the flatbed scanner (on the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
-orClick the Save As icon to save the pages to a file.
#### Canceling a scan job
To cancel a scan job, use one of the following procedures.
If you cancel a scan job, remove the original from the flatbed scanner or from the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray.
| | |---|
NOTE These procedures vary with Macintosh operating systems.
#### Scanning by using other software
The all-in-one is TWAIN-compliant and Windows Imaging Application (WIA)-compliant. The all-in-one works with Windows-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant scanning devices and with Macintosh-based programs that support TWAIN-compliant scanning devices.
########### Using TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant software
While you are in a TWAIN-enabled or WIA-enabled program, you can gain access to the scanning feature and scan an image directly into the open program. For more information, see the Help file or the documentation that came with your TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant software program.
Scanning from a TWAIN-enabled program Generally, a software program is TWAIN-enabled if it has a command such as Acquire, File Acquire, Scan, Import New Object, Insert from, or Scanner. If you are unsure whether the program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called, see the software program Help or documentation.
When scanning from a TWAIN-enabled program, the HP LaserJet Scan software program might start automatically. If the HP LaserJet Scan program starts, you can make changes while you are previewing the image. If the program does not start automatically, the image goes to the TWAINenabled program immediately.
########################## To scan from a TWAIN-enabled program
Start the scan from within the TWAIN-enabled program. See the software program Help or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
################ Scanning from a WIA-enabled program (Windows XP only)
WIA is another way to scan an image directly into a software program, such as Microsoft Word. WIA uses Microsoft software to scan, instead of HP LaserJet Scan software.
Generally, a software program is WIA-enabled if it has a command such as Picture/From Scanner or Camera in the Insert or File menu. If you are unsure whether the program is WIA-enabled, see the software program Help or documentation.
########################## To scan from a WIA-enabled program
Start the scan from within the WIA-enabled program. See the software program Help or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.
########################## -Or-
In the Cameras and Scanner folder, double-click the all-in-one icon. This opens the standard Microsoft WIA Wizard, which enables you to scan to a file.
ENWW Scanning by using other software 147
#### Scanning a photo or a book
Use the following procedures to scan a photo or a book.
########################## Scanning a photo (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
####################### Scanning a book (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
######################## 1. Lift the lid and place the book on the flatbed scanner with the page that you want to copy at thelower-right corner of the glass.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
###################################### 2. Gently close the lid.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
148 Chapter 8 Scan ENWW
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
#### Scanning by using optical character recognition (OCR) software
You can use third-party OCR software to import scanned text into your preferred word-processing program for editing.
########### Readiris
The all-in-one software CD-ROMs include the Readiris OCR program. If you want to use the Readiris program, install it from the appropriate software CD-ROM, and then follow the instructions in the online Help.
ENWW Scanning by using optical character recognition (OCR) software 149
#### Scanner resolution and color
If you are printing a scanned image, and the quality is not what you expected, you might have selected a resolution or color setting in the scanner software that does not match your needs. Resolution and color affect the following features of scanned images:
| | |---|
NOTE Scanning ppi levels are not interchangeable with printing dpi (dots per inch) levels.
Color, grayscale, and black and white define the number of colors possible. You can adjust the scanner hardware resolution to up to 1200 ppi with the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one or up to 600 ppi with the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one. The software can perform an enhanced resolution up to 19,200 ppi. You can set color and grayscale at 1 bit (black and white), or at 8 bit (256 levels of gray or color) to 24 bit (true color).
The resolution and color guidelines table lists simple tips that you can follow to meet your scanning needs.
| | |---|
NOTE Setting the resolution and color to a high value can create large files that take up disk space and slow the scanning process. Before setting the resolution and color, determine how you are going to use the scanned image.
NOTE The best resolution for color and grayscale images is achieved by scanning from the flatbed scanner rather than from the automatic document feeder (ADF).
########### Resolution and color guidelines
The following table describes the recommended resolution and color settings for different types of scan jobs.
Intended use Recommended resolution Recommended color settings Fax 150 ppi ● Black and White E-mail 150 ppi ● Black and White, if the image
does not require smooth gradation
Edit text 300 ppi ● Black and White Print (graphics or text) 600 ppi for complex graphics, or if you
want to significantly enlarge the document
300 ppi for normal graphics and text 150 ppi for photos
Display on screen 75 ppi ● Black and White for text
########### Color
You can set the color values to the following settings when scanning.
########################################### Setting Recommended use
Color Use this setting for high-quality color photos or documents in
which the color is important. Black and White Use this setting for text documents. Grayscale Use this setting when file size is an issue or when you want
a document or photograph to be scanned quickly.
ENWW Scanner resolution and color 151
#### To clean the scanner glass
Dirty glass, from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and so on, slows down performance and affects the accuracy of special features such as fit-to-page and copy.
| | |---|
NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic document feeder (ADF), clean the scanner strip (step 3). It is not necessary to clean the scanner glass.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the all-in-one; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place liquids directly on the glass. They might seep under it and damage the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with water if desired.
liquid
9 Networking
| |
|---|
NOTE Configuring TCP/IP settings are complicated and should only be performed by experienced network administrators. BOOTP will require a (PC, Unix, Linux, and so on.) server to configure specific TCP/IP settings for the product. DHCP will also require a server, but the TCP/IP settings will not be fixed for the all-in-one. Finally, the manual method to configure specific TCP/IP settings can be done from the control panel, the embedded Web server, the HP ToolboxFX. For additional help or network configuration, contact your network provider.
ENWW 153
#### Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one only)
Hewlett-Packard recommends that you use the HP software installer on the CDs that came with the all-in-one to set up printer drivers for the following network setups.
| | |---|
NOTE Networking capabilities are not available for the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 Figure 9-1Network port location
############ Configuring a network-port-connected all-in-one
############################### To configure a network-port-connected all-in-one configuration (direct mode or peer-to-peer printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected directly to the network, and all computers on the network print directly to the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE This mode is the recommended network configuration for the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return to previous screens, and then change the settings.
########### Configuring a direct-connected shared all-in-one
########################## To configure a direct-connected shared all-in-one (client server printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected to a computer through a USB cable, the computer is connected to the network, and the all-in-one is shared with other computers on the network.
| | |---|
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return to previous screens, and then change the settings.
ENWW Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one only)
155
● In Windows XP, click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers and Faxes.
########### Changing from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a networkport-connected all-in-one
########################## To change from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network-port-connected all-in-one configuration
connected all-in-one.
#### Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX
You can use the embedded Web server (EWS) or HP ToolboxFX to view or change your IP configuration settings. To gain access to the embedded Web server, type the IP address for the all-inone in the address line of your Web browser.
You can view HP ToolboxFX when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to the network. You must perform a complete software installation to use HP ToolboxFX.
Open HP ToolboxFX in one of these ways:
In HP ToolboxFX, click Device Settings, and then click the Network Settings tab. From the Networking tab (EWS) or the Network Settings tab (HP ToolboxFX), you can change the following configurations:
| | |---|
NOTE Changing the network configuration may require you to change the browser URL before you can communicate with the all-in-one again. The all-in-one will be unavailable for a few seconds while the network resets.
#### Setting a network password Set my network password Use HP ToolboxFX to set a network password.
| | |---|
NOTE If a password has been set for the all-in-one previously, you will be prompted to type the password. Type the password, and then click Apply.
ENWW Using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX 157
#### Using the all-in-one control panel
The all-in-one allows you to set up an IP address automatically using BOOTP or DHCP. For more information, see Default IP address configuration (AutoIP).
########### Network configuration page
The Network configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. To print the Network configuration page from the all-in-one, complete the following steps.
########### Configuration page
The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. You can print a Configuration page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print the Configuration page from the allin-one, complete the following steps.
A second page also prints. On that page, the Fax Settings and Imaging Settings sections provide details about the all-in-one fax settings.
IP configuration You can configure the IP address manually or automatically. Manual configuration To configure IP manually
################ Automatic configuration To perform automatic configuration
| | |---|
NOTE If you want to disable or enable specific automatic IP modes (such as BOOTP, DHCP, or AutoIP), these settings can be changed by using the embedded Web server or HP ToolboxFX only.
########### Link speed and duplex settings
########################## To set link speed and duplex
| |
|---|
NOTE Incorrect changes to the link speed and duplex settings might prevent the all-in-one from communicating with other network devices. For most situations, the all-in-one should be left in automatic mode. Changes can cause the all-in-one to power cycle. Changes should only be made while the all-in-one is idle.
| | |---|
NOTE The setting must match with the network all-in-one to which you are connecting (a network hub, switch, gateway, router, or computer).
ENWW Using the all-in-one control panel 159
#### Supported network protocols
The HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one supports the TCP/IP network protocol. It is the most widely used and accepted networking protocol. Many networking services utilize this protocol. The following table lists the networking services/protocols that are supported on the HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one.
The following operating systems support network printing:
####################################### Table 9-1 Printing
Service name Description
port9100 (Direct Mode) Printing service Line printer daemon (LPD) Printing service
######################################## Table 9-2 Network all-in-one discovery
Service name Description
SLP (Service Location Protocol) Device Discovery Protocol, used to help find and configure
network devices. Used primarily by Microsoft-based software programs.
mDNS (multicast Domain Name Service - also known as “rendezvous” or “bonjours”)
Device Discovery Protocol, used to help find and configure network devices. Used primarily by Apple Macintosh-based software programs.
######################################## Table 9-3 Messaging and management
########################################### Service name Description
HTTP (hypertext transfer protocol) Allows Web browsers to communicate with embedded Web
server. EWS (embedded Web server) Allows a user to manage the all-in-one through a Web
browser.
SNMP (simple network management protocol) Used by network programs for all-in-one management. SNMP V1 and standard MIB-II (Management Information Base) objects are supported.
Table 9-4 IP addressing
########################################### Service name Description
DHCP (dynamic host configuration protocol) For Automatic IP address assignment. DHCP server
provides the all-in-one with an IP address. Generally requires no user intervention for all-in-one to obtain IP address from a DHCP server.
BOOTP (bootstrap protocol) For Automatic IP address assignment. BOOTP server
provides the all-in-one with an IP address. Requires administrator to input the all-in-one MAC hardware address on BOOTP server in order for all-in-one to obtain an IP address from that server.
Auto IP For Automatic IP address assignment. If neither a DHCP server nor a BOOTP server is present, this service allows the all-in-one to generate a unique IP address.
ENWW Supported network protocols 161
#### TCP/IP configuration
To operate correctly on a TCP/IP network, the all-in-one must be configured with valid TCP/IP network configuration parameters, such as an IP address that is valid for your network.
CAUTION Changes to these settings might result in a loss of functionality with your all-inone. For example, network scanning, network faxing, or HP Web JetAdmin might stop working with certain settings changes.
########### Server-based, AutoIP, and manual TCP/IP configuration
When in a factory-default state and powered on, the all-in-one will first try to obtain its TCP/IP configuration using a server-based method, such as BOOTP or DHCP. If the server-based method fails, the all-in-one will then be configured using the AutoIP protocol. The all-in-one may also be configured manually. Manual-based tools include a Web browser, the all-in-one control panel, or the HP ToolboxFX utility. TCP/IP configuration values assigned manually will be retained when the all-inone is powered off/on. The all-in-one can also be reconfigured to use either server-based only (BOOTP and/or DHCP), and/or AutoIP only, or manual configuration of TCP/IP settings at any time.
########### Server-based TCP/IP configuration
In its factory-default state, the all-in-one will first try BOOTP. If this fails it will then try DHCP. If this fails, it will then obtain an IP address via AutoIP. In addition, a default IP address will not be assigned if a network cable is not attached to the all-in-one.
########### Default IP address configuration (AutoIP)
A default IP address will be assigned via the AutoIP protocol if the server based methods fail. When DHCP or BOOTP fails to obtain an IP address, the all-in-one uses a link-local addressing technique to assign a unique IP address. Link-local addressing may be referenced as AutoIP. The IP address assigned will be in the range of 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255 (commonly referenced as 169.254/16), and should be valid. However, it can be further modified for your network using supported TCP/IP configuration tools if necessary. With link-local addresses, subnetting is not used. The subnet mask will be 255.255.0.0, and cannot be changed. Link-local addresses will not route off the local link, and access to or from the Internet will not be available. The default gateway address will be the same as the link-local address. If a duplicate address is sensed, the all-in-one will automatically reassign its address, if necessary, in accordance with standard link-local addressing methods. The IP address configured on your all-in-one may be determined by inspecting the network configuration page for the all-in-one. Since it may take some time for the server-based protocols to time out, the AutoIP process can be sped up by disabling the BOOTP and DHCP services on the allin-one. This can be done via a Web browser.
########### TCP/IP configuration tools
Depending on your all-in-one and operating system, the all-in-one can be configured with valid TCP/ IP parameters for your network in the following ways:
| | |---|
NOTE Linux and UNIX systems: For more information, see the BOOTPD man page. On HPUX systems, a sample DHCP configuration file (dhcptab) may be located in the /etc directory. Since HP-UX presently does not provide Dynamic Domain Name Services (DDNS) for its DHCP implementations, HP recommends that you set all lease durations to infinite. This ensures that IP addresses remain static until such time as Dynamic Domain Name Services are provided.
#### Using DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP, RFC 2131/2132) is one of several auto configuration mechanisms that the all-in-one uses. If you have a DHCP server on your network, the all-in-one automatically obtains its IP address from that server.
| | |---|
NOTE DHCP services must be available on the server. Refer to your system documentation or online help to install or enable DHCP services.
NOTE If the all-in-one and BOOTP/DHCP server are located on different subnets, IP configuration may fail unless the routing device allows the transfer of DHCP requests between subnets.
########### UNIX systems
For more information about setting up DHCP on UNIX systems, see the BOOTPD man page. On HPUX systems, a sample DHCP configuration file (dhcptab) may be located in the /etc directory. Since HP-UX presently does not provide Dynamic Domain Name Services (DDNS) for its DHCP implementations, HP recommends that you set all print server lease durations to infinite. This ensures that print server IP addresses remain static until Dynamic Domain Name Services are provided.
########### Windows systems
The all-in-one supports IP configuration from a Windows NT/2000/XP DHCP server. This section describes how to set up a pool, or “scope,” of IP addresses that the Windows server can assign or lease to any requester. When configured for BOOTP or DHCP operation and powered on, the all-inone automatically sends a BOOTP or DHCP request for its IP configuration. If properly set up, a Windows DHCP server will respond with the print server’s IP configuration data.
| | |---|
NOTE This information is provided as an overview. For specific information or for additional support, see the information supplied with your DHCP server software.
NOTE To avoid problems resulting from IP addresses that change, HP recommends that all all-in-one devices be assigned IP addresses with infinite leases or reserved IP addresses.
Windows NT 4.0 Server Using DHCP with Windows NT 4.0 Server To set up a DHCP scope on a Windows NT 4.0 server, perform the following steps:
| | |---|
NOTE If desired, you can exclude ranges of IP addresses within a scope.
each all-in-one, perform the following steps in the Add Reserved Clients window to set up a reservation for that all-in-one:
Windows 2000 Server To set DHCP on a Windows 2000 Server To set up a DHCP scope on a Windows 2000 server, perform the following steps:
| | |---|
NOTE If subnetting is used, the subnet mask defines which portion of an IP address specifies the subnet and which portion specifies the client all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE The MAC address for your all-in-one is available on the network configuration page.
| | |---|
NOTE Selecting Both or BOOTP only will result in a configuration through BOOTP due to the sequence in which the all-in-one initiates configuration protocol requests.
########### NetWare systems
NetWare 5.x servers provide DHCP configuration services for network clients, including your HP allin-one. To set up DHCP services on a NetWare server, refer to Novell documentation and support.
########### To discontinue DHCP configuration
CAUTION Changes to an IP address on your all-in-one may require updates to all-in-one or system printing configurations for clients or servers. If you do not want your all-in-one configured through DHCP, you must reconfigure the all-in-one with a different configuration method. You can manually modify the TCP/IP parameters through a supported Web browser using the embedded Web server, the control panel, or HP ToolboxFX. If you change to BOOTP configuration, the DHCP-configured parameters are released and the TCP/IP protocol is initialized. If you change to Manual configuration, the DHCP-configured IP address is released and the user-specified IP parameters are used. Therefore, if you manually provide the IP address, you should also manually set all of the configuration parameters, such as subnet mask and default gateway.
#### Using BOOTP
BOOTP (Bootstrap Protocol) provides a convenient way to automatically configure the all-in-one for TCP/IP network operation. When powered on, the all-in-one sends a BOOTP request message onto the network. A properly configured BOOTP server on the network will respond with a message that contains basic network configuration data for the all-in-one. The BOOTP server’s response may also identify a file that contains extended configuration data for the print server. The TFTP protocol (which is not a supported feature for this all-in-one) is required to download this. Thus, the TFTP configuration file that may be located on the BOOTP server, or a separate TFTP server will be ignored. BOOTP servers are typically UNIX or Linux systems. Windows NT/2000/XP and NetWare servers can respond to BOOTP requests. Windows NT/2000/XP servers are configured through Microsoft DHCP services. For setup of NetWare BOOTP servers, refer to your NetWare documentation.
| | |---|
NOTE If the all-in-one and the BOOTP/DHCP server are located on different subnets, IP configuration may fail unless the routing device supports “BOOTP Relay” (allows the transfer of BOOTP requests between subnets).
########### Why use BOOTP?
Using BOOTP to download configuration data has the following benefits:
| | |---|
NOTE BOOTP operation is similar to DHCP, but the resulting IP parameters will be the same when powered off/on. In DHCP, IP configuration parameters are leased and may change over time. When in its factory-default state and powered on, the all-in-one will attempt to automatically configure itself using several dynamic methods, one of which is BOOTP.
########### BOOTP on UNIX
This section describes how to configure the print server using BOOTP (Bootstrap Protocol) services on UNIX servers. BOOTP is used to download network configuration data from a server to the all-inone over the network.
################ Systems that use Network Information Service (NIS)
If your system uses NIS, you may need to rebuild the NIS map with the BOOTP service before performing the BOOTP configuration steps. Refer to your system documentation.
################ Configuring the BOOTP server
For the all-in-one to obtain its configuration data over the network, the BOOTP server must be set up with the appropriate configuration files. BOOTP is used by the all-in-one to obtain configuration data located in the /etc/bootptab file on a BOOTP server. When the all-in-one is powered on, it broadcasts a BOOTP request that contains its MAC (hardware) address. A BOOTP server daemon searches the /etc/bootptab file for a matching MAC address, and if successful, sends the corresponding configuration data to the all-in-one as a BOOTP reply. The configuration data in the /etc/bootptab file must be properly entered. The BOOTP reply may contain the name of a configuration file containing optional enhanced configuration parameters. Again, this file will be ignored by the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE HP recommends that the BOOTP server be located on the same subnet as the all-inone it serves.
NOTE BOOTP broadcast packets may not be forwarded by routers unless the routers are properly configured.
################ Bootptab file entries
An example of a /etc/bootptab file entry for a networked all-in-one is shown below. Note that the configuration data contains tags to identify the various all-in-one parameters and their settings.
Entries and tags supported are listed in the Table 9-5 Tags supported in a BOOTP/DHCP boot file table.
picasso:\ :ht=ether:\ :vm=rfc1048:\ :ha=0001E6123456:\ :ip=192.168.40.39:\ :sm=255.255.255.0:\ :gw=192.168.40.1:\ :lg=192.168.40.3:\ :T144=“hpnp/picasso.cfg”:
ENWW Using BOOTP 169
Table 9-5 Tags supported in a BOOTP/DHCP boot file
########################################### Option Description
Nodename The name of the peripheral. This name identifies an entry
point to a list of parameters for a specific peripheral. Nodename must be the first field in an entry. (In the example above, nodename is “picasso”.)
ht The hardware type tag. For the all-in-one, set this to ether
for Ethernet. This tag must precede the ha tag. vm The BOOTP report format tag (required). Set this parameter
to rfc1048. ha The hardware address tag. The hardware (MAC) address is
the link-level, or station address of the all-in-one. It can be found on the all-in-one network configuration page as the HARDWARE ADDRESS.
ip The IP address tag (required). This address will be the IP
address of the all-in-one. sm The subnet mask tag. The subnet mask will be used by the
all-in-one to identify the portions of an IP address that specify the network/subnetwork number and the host address.
gw The gateway IP address tag. This address identifies the IP
address of the default gateway (router) that the all-in-one will use for communications with other subnets.
ds DNS (Domain Name System) server’s IP address tag. Only
a single name server can be specified. lg The syslog server’s IP address tag. It specifies the server
that the all-in-one sends syslog messages to. dn Domain name tag. Specifies the domain name for the all-in-
one (for example, "support.hp.com"). It does not include the host name; it is not the Fully Qualified Domain Name (such as "printer1.support.hp.com").
tr DHCP T1 timeout, specifying the DHCP lease renewal time
(seconds). tv DHCP T2 timeout, specifying the DHCP lease rebind time (seconds).
| | |---|
NOTE A colon (:) indicates the end of a field, and a backslash (\) indicates that the entry is continued on the next line. Spaces are not allowed between the characters on a line. Names, such as host names, must begin with a letter and can contain only letters, numbers, periods (for domain names only), or hyphens. The underline character (_) is not allowed. Refer to your system documentation or online help for more information.
#### Configuring for LPD printing
########### Introduction
The all-in-one contains an LPD (Line Printer Daemon) Server to support LPD printing. This chapter describes how to configure the all-in-one for use with various systems that support LPD printing. These instructions include:
| | |---|
NOTE For other systems not listed, refer to your operating system documentation and online help. Recent versions of Novell NetWare (NetWare 5.x with NDPS 2.1 or greater) support LPD printing. For setup instructions and support, refer to the documentation supplied with NetWare. Also, refer to the Technical Information Documentation (TID) on Novell’s support Web site.
################ About LPD
Line printer daemon (LPD) refers to the protocol and programs associated with line-printer spooling services that may be installed on various TCP/IP systems.
Some of the widely used systems which are supported by your all-in-one using LPD include:
The UNIX configuration examples in this section show the syntax for BSD-based UNIX systems. The syntax for your system may vary. See your system documentation for the correct syntax.
| | |---|
NOTE The LPD functionality can be used with any host implementation of LPD that complies with the RFC 1179 document. The process for configuring printer spoolers, however, may differ. See your system documentation for information about configuring these systems.
The LPD programs and protocol include the following: Table 9-6 LPD programs and protocols
########################################### Program Name Purpose of Program
lpr Queues jobs for printing.
If the specified all-in-one is connected to another system, this process forwards the files to an LPD process on the remote system where the files are to be printed.
################ Requirements for configuring LPD
Before you can use LPD printing, your all-in-one must be properly connected to the network and have a valid IP address. This information is listed on the all-in-one network configuration page. You must also have the following:
########### LPD setup overview
The following steps are necessary to configure the all-in-one for LPD printing:
################ Step 1. Setting up IP parameters
TCP/IP configuration parameters (such as IP address, subnet mask, default gateway) can be configured on the all-in-one in a variety of ways. These values can be configured manually, or they can be automatically downloaded using DHCP or BOOTP each time the all-in-one is turned on. For more information, see Configuring IP parameters.
################ Step 2. Setting up print queues
You must set up a print queue for each all-in-one or personality (PCL or PostScript) that you use on the system. The all-in-one supports only one type of queue (raw). Therefore, it does not matter what queue name is given as the all-in-one will treat each one the same. The all-in-one treats data from any source as the same and has no provisions for adding carriage returns, tagging binary Postscript data, special PJL sequences, user-defined strings, etc., to the job stream data. This all-in-one also supports automatic PostScript binary mode stream detection, and thus it does not require (or allow) a special queue type for this service.
################ Step 3. Printing a test file
Print a test file by using the LPD commands or by using other methods provided for your OS. For instructions, see the information provided for your system.
########### LPD on UNIX systems
Configuring print queues for BSD-based systems Edit the /etc/printcap file to include the following entries: printer_name|short_printer_name:\ :lp=:\ :rm=node_name:\ :rp=remote_printer_name_argument:\ (this can be any queue name desired by the user) :lf=/usr/spool/lpd/error_log_filename:\ :sd=/usr/spool/lpd/printer_name:
where printer_name identifies the all-in-one to the user, node_name identifies the all-in-one on the network, andremote_printer_name_argument is the print queue designation.
For more information about printcap, see the printcap man page. Example: Printcap entry lj1_raw|raw1:\ :lp=:\ :rm=laserjet1:\ :rp=raw:\ :lf=/usr/spool/lpd/lj1_raw.log:\ :sd=/usr/spool/lpd/lj1_raw:
Make sure that your users know the name of each all-in-one, because they must type the names on the command line for printing.
Create the spooling directory by making the following entries. At the root directory, type: mkdir /usr/spool/lpd cd /usr/spool/lpd mkdir printer_name_1 printer_name_2 chown daemon printer_name_1 printer_name_2 chgrp daemon printer_name_1 printer_name_2 chmod g+w printer_name_1 printer_name_2
where printer_name_1 and printer_name_2 refer to the all-in-one devices to be spooled. You may spool several all-in-one devices. The following example shows the command to create the spooling directories for all-in-one devices used for printing.
Example: Creating spooling directory mkdir /usr/spool/lpd cd /usr/spool/lpd mkdir lj1_raw lj1_raw chown daemon lj1_raw lj1_raw chgrp daemon lj1_raw lj1_raw chmod g+w lj1_raw lj1_raw
Configuring print queues using SAM (HP-UX systems) To configure print queues using SAM (HP-UX systems) On HP-UX systems you can use the SAM utility to configure remote print queues. Before you execute the SAM program, select an IP address for the all-in-one and set up an entry for it in the /etc/hosts file on your system running HP-UX.
| | |---|
NOTE By default, the lpsched is not running. Make sure you turn the scheduler on when you set up your print queues.
Printing a test file To print a test file To verify that the all-in-one and print server connections are correct, print a test file.
This completes the process for configuring the all-in-one to use LPD.
########### LPD on Windows NT/2000 systems
This section describes how to configure Windows NT/2000 networks to use the all-in-one LPD (Line Printer Daemon) services.
The process consists of two parts:
########################## To install TCP/IP software (Windows NT)
This procedure lets you check whether you have TCP/IP installed on your Windows NT system, and to install the software if necessary.
| | |---|
NOTE You may need your Windows system distribution files or CDs to install TCP/IP components.
If Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) is listed and enabled in the list of components used by this connection, the necessary software is already installed. (See Configuring a network all-inone for Windows 2000 systems.) If not, go to step 2.
If TCP/IP Protocol is listed in the Protocols tab, and Microsoft TCP/IP Printing is listed in the Services tab, you have already installed the necessary software. (See Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems.) If not, go to step 2.
When prompted, type the full path to the Windows NT distribution files (you may need your Windows NT workstation or server CD).
If you are configuring a Windows server, type the IP address, default gateway address, and subnet mask in the appropriate spaces.
If you are configuring a client, check with your network administrator to learn whether you should enable automatic TCP/IP configuration or whether you should type a static IP address, default gateway address, and subnet mask in the appropriate spaces.
Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows 2000 systems To configure a network all-in-one for Windows 2000 systems Set up the all-in-one as the default printer by performing the following steps.
b. For the name of the all-in-one or print queue on the all-in-one, enter (in lowercase) any
queue name desired. (Queue names have no effect on output.) c. Then click OK.
################ Configuring a network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems
########################## To configure a network all-in-one for Windows NT 4.0 systems
At the Windows NT 4.0 system, set up the all-in-one as the default printer by performing the following steps.
| | |---|
NOTE NT clients can enter the IP address or name of the NT server that is configured for LPD printing.
################ Verifying the configuration
From within Windows NT, print a file from any software program. If the file prints correctly, the configuration was successful.
If the print job is not successful, try printing directly from DOS using the following syntax:
where ipaddress is the IP address of the print server, queuename is the name of choice (such as “raw”), and filename is the file you wish to print. If the file prints correctly, the configuration was successful. If the file does not print, or prints incorrectly, see Network problems.
################ Printing from Windows clients
If the LPD all-in-one on the NT/2000 server is shared, Windows clients can connect to the all-in-one on the NT/2000 server using the Windows Add Printer utility in the Printers folder.
########### LPD on Windows XP systems
This section describes how to configure Windows XP networks to use the all-in-one LPD (Line Printer Daemon) services.
The process consists of two parts:
################ Configuring a network LPD all-in-one Adding a new LPD all-in-one
Creating an LPR port for an installed all-in-one
#### TCP/IP
Introduction This section is intended to provide information to help you gain a basic understanding of TCP/IP. Similar to a common language that people use to communicate with each other, TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) is a suite of protocols designed to define the way computers and other devices communicate with each other over a network. TCP/IP is rapidly becoming the most used set of protocols. The main reason this is happening is the fact that the Internet is based on TCP/IP. If you have a network that you wish to connect to the Internet, you must be using TCP/IP to communicate. Internet Protocol (IP)
When information is sent across the network, the data is broken down into small packets. Each packet is sent independently of one another. Each packet is encoded with IP information, such as the IP address of the sender and receiver. IP packets can be routed over routers and gateways, devices that connect a network with other networks.
IP communications is connectionless. When IP packets are sent, there is no guarantee that they arrive at their destination in the proper sequence. That task can be performed by higher level protocols and applications thereby allowing IP communications to be efficient.
Each node or device that will communicate directly onto the network requires an IP address. Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
TCP handles breaking the data into packets and recombining the packets on the receiving end by providing a connection-oriented, reliable, and guaranteed delivery service to another node on the network. When data packets are received at their destination, TCP calculates a checksum for each packet to verify the data is not corrupt. If the data in the packet has been corrupted during transmission, TCP discards the packet and requests that the packet be resent.
################ User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
UDP provides similar services to TCP. However, UDP does not acknowledge data receipt and supports request/reply transactions with no added reliability or guarantee of delivery. UDP is used when acknowledgment and reliability are not required, such as during a “discovery broadcast.”
########### IP address
Every host (workstation or node) on an IP network requires a unique IP address for each network interface. This address is a software address that is used to identify both the network and specific hosts located on that network. Each IP address can be divided into two separate parts: the network portion and the host portion. It is possible for a host to query a server for a dynamic IP address each time the all-in-one boots up (for example, using DHCP and BOOTP).
| | |---|
NOTE When assigning IP addresses, always consult the IP address administrator. Setting the wrong address can disable other equipment operating on the network or interfere with communications.
################ IP address: network portion
Network addresses are managed by an organization in Norfolk, Virginia, recognized as InterNIC. InterNIC has been contracted by the National Science Foundation to manage the Internet addresses and domains. Network addresses are distributed to organizations that are in turn responsible for making sure all attached devices or hosts on the network are properly numbered. For more information about the network portion of an IP address, see IP address structure and class and Subnets in this section.
################ IP address: host portion
Host addresses numerically identify specific network interfaces on an IP network. Usually a host has only one network interface; thus, only one IP address. Because no two devices can share the same number at the same time, administrators typically maintain address tables to assure correct assignment of addresses in the host network.
################ IP address structure and class
An IP address is comprised of 32 bits of information and divided into 4 sections containing 1 byte each section or 4 bytes total:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
For efficiency in routing, networks were broken down into three classes, so routing can begin simply by identifying the leading byte of information in the IP address. The three IP addresses that InterNIC assigns are class A, B, and C. The network class determines what each of the four IP address sections identify as shown below:
Table 9-7 IP address class format
Class First Address Byte
xxx.
Second Address Byte xxx.
Third Address Byte xxx.
Fourth Address Byte xxx
Class Network Class
Characteristics
Address Range Maximum Number of
Networks in the Class
Maximum Hosts in the Network
127.255.255.255.
191.255.255.255.
16,382. 65,534.
Over 2 Million. 254.
########### Configuring IP parameters
TCP/IP configuration parameters (such as IP address, subnet mask, default gateway) can be configured on the all-in-one in a variety of ways. These values can be configured manually (for example, through Telnet, the embedded Web server, the arp and ping commands, and HP management software), or they can be automatically downloaded using DHCP or BOOTP each time the all-in-one is turned on.
When powered on, a new all-in-one that is unable to retrieve a valid IP address from the network will automatically assign itself a default IP address. The default IP address will depend on the type of network to which the all-in-one is connected. On a small private network, a technique called link-local addressing is used to assign a unique IP address in the range of 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255, which should be valid. On a large or enterprise network, a temporary address of 192.0.0.192 will be assigned until it is properly configured for your network. The IP address configured on your all-in-one may be determined by inspecting the all-in-one Configuration page.
################ Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
DHCP allows a group of devices to use a set of IP addresses that are maintained by a DHCP server. The device or host sends a request to the server, and if an IP address is available, the server assigns it to that device.
################ BOOTP
BOOTP is a bootstrap protocol used to download configuration parameters and host information from a network server. BOOTP uses UDP for its transport. In order for devices to boot and load configuration information into RAM, they must communicate through the bootstrap protocol BOOTP as a client with their server.
To configure the all-in-one, the client broadcasts a boot request packet containing at least the hardware address of the all in one (all-in-one hardware address). The server answers with a boot reply packet containing the information the all-in-one needs to configure.
########### Subnets
When an IP network address for a particular network class is assigned to an organization, no provision is made for more than one network being present at that location. Local network administrators use subnets to partition a network into several different subnetworks. Splitting a network into subnets can result in better performance and improved use of limited network address space.
################ Subnet mask
The subnet mask is a mechanism used to divide a single IP network into several different subnetworks. For a given network class, a portion of an IP address that would normally be used to identify a node is used, instead, to identify a subnetwork. A subnet mask is applied to each IP address to specify the portion used for subnetworks, and the portion used to identify the node. For example, see Table 9-9 Example: Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 applied to class A network.
Class A Network Address Network 15 xxx xxx xxx Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 IP Address fields with Subnet Mask applied
Network Subnet Host Host
Example of a node’s IP Address on Subnet 1
15 1 25 7
Example of a node’s IP Address on Subnet 254
15 254 64 2
########### Gateways
Gateways (routers) are used to connect networks together. Gateways are devices that act as translators between systems that do not use the same communication protocols, data formatting, structures, languages, or architectures. Gateways repackage the data packets and change the syntax to match that of the destination system. When networks are divided into subnets, gateways are required to connect one subnet to another.
################ Default gateway
The default gateway is the gateway or router that, if not specified, will be used to move packets between networks. It is specified by an IP address.
If multiple gateways or routers exist, then the default gateway is typically the address of the first, or nearest, gateway or router. If no gateways or routers exist, then the default gateway will typically assume the IP address of the network node (such as the workstation or all-in-one).
10 Convenience stapler (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one only)
ENWW 187
#### Understanding the convenience stapler
A convenience stapler is mounted to the front, right side of the HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one. Insert up to 20 sheets of media (80 g/m2 or 20 lb) into the stapler slot to trigger the stapling mechanism and force a single staple through the media.
| | |---|
NOTE The convenience stapler operates independently from the control panel and all-in-one software and does not automatically staple print jobs. The stapler requires no settings and generates no error messages or status messages.
Figure 10-1 Location of convenience stapler
#### Loading staples
Each staple cassette holds 1,500 unformed staples. To load staples into the all-in-one, insert a staple cassette.
########################## To load staples
| | |---|
NOTE Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
ENWW Loading staples 189
########################### 4. Close the stapler door.
#### Using the convenience stapler
Activate the stapling mechanism by inserting media into the convenience stapler.
########################## To staple media by using the convenience stapler
CAUTION Do not use the convenience stapler to staple plastic, cardboard, or wood. Damage to the convenience stapler can result from attempting to staple these materials.
| | |---|
NOTE Exceeding the recommended capacity could result in jams or damage.
ENWW Using the convenience stapler 191
| | |---|
NOTE If you are unable to remove the media after stapling, carefully open the stapler door and then slide your document out.
#### Clearing stapler jams
To reduce the risk of staple jams, make sure that you staple 20 or fewer pages of media (80 g/m2 or 20 lb) at a time.
########################## To clear a staple jam from the convenience stapler
| | |---|
NOTE Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
ENWW Clearing stapler jams 193
11 How do I?
ENWW 195
#### Print: How do I?
Use this section to answer printing questions.
########### Change the all-in-one print settings, such as volume or print quality, in HP ToolboxFX
To change the default print settings in HP ToolboxFX, complete the following steps.
| | |---|
NOTE The changes that you make to the print settings in HP ToolboxFX apply to all future print jobs.
| | |---|
NOTE If you have similar settings in the printer driver, those settings take priority over the settings that are established in HP ToolboxFX.
########### Print on both sides (Windows)
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available using the automatic duplexer on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding the page through the all-in-one twice.
| | |---|
NOTE In the printer driver, Print on Both Sides (manually) is available only when duplex printing is not available or when duplex printing is not supported for the type of print media being used.
################ To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). This could lead to a jam in the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE The printer driver also contains instructions and graphics for manually duplexing.
| | |---|
NOTE If the Print on Both Sides option is dimmed or unavailable, open the all-in-one properties (printer driver). On the Device Settings tab or the Configure tab, select Allow Manual Duplexing, and then click OK. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
########################### 4. After one side has been printed, remove the remaining media from the input tray, and set itaside until after you finish your manual duplexing job.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 5. Gather the printed pages, keep the printed side facing down, and straighten the stack.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 6. Place the stack of media in the input tray again. The printed side should be facing down with thetop edge feeding into the all-in-one first.
1
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 7. On the computer screen, click OK and wait for the second side to print.
################ To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could result.
continue.
########### Print on both sides (Macintosh)
Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) is available by using the automatic duplexer on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one. Manual duplexing is available on the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one. To duplex manually, print on both sides of a page by feeding the page through the all-in-one twice.
################ To print on both sides automatically (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28-lb bond). Jamming might result.
################ To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
1
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
################ To print on both sides manually (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) (Macintosh)
special paper such as letterhead, load it in one of the following ways:
CAUTION Do not load paper that is heavier than 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond). Jamming could result.
continue.
########### Use the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1)
The single-sheet priority input slot holds one sheet of media up to 163 g/m2 (43 lb) in weight or one envelope, transparency, or card. Load media with the top forward and the side to be printed facing up. To prevent jams and skewing, always adjust the side media guides before feeding the media.
| | |---|
NOTE When feeding media into the single-sheet priority input slot, the all-in-one pulls the media partially into the all-in-one. You must wait for the all-in-one to stop before feeding another sheet of media. You can only feed one sheet of media at a time.
########### Print on special media
Use these guidelines when printing on special types of media.
| |
|---|
NOTE Not all features are available for all printer drivers or operating systems. See the all-inone properties (driver) online Help for information about the available features for the driver.
################ Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
################ Printing on special media (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
from sticking together, and place the printed pages on a flat surface.
| | |
|---|---|
204 Chapter 11 How do I? ENWW
################ Transparencies and labels
Only use transparencies and labels that are recommended for use in laser printers, such as HP transparency film and HP LaserJet labels. See Guidelines for using media for more information.
CAUTION Be sure to set the correct media type in the all-in-one settings. The all-in-one adjusts the fuser temperature according to the media type setting. When printing on special media such as transparencies or labels, this adjustment prevents the fuser from damaging the media as it passes through the all-in-one.
| | |---|
CAUTION Inspect the media to make sure that it is not wrinkled or curled and that it does not have any torn edges or missing labels.
NOTE You can load multiple transparencies in the main input tray (tray 2). However, do not load more than 75 transparencies at a time.
################ Custom-size media and card stock
Use the main input tray for multiple sheets. See Supported media weights and sizes for the supported media sizes.
CAUTION Make sure that the sheets are not stuck together before you load them.
################ Colored paper
Only use envelopes that are recommended for laser printers. See Guidelines for using media for more information.
| | |---|
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, you must load envelopes one at a time in the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1).
To prevent the envelope from curling as it prints, open the rear output door (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
ENWW Print: How do I? 205
################ Heavy paper
CAUTION Using paper that is heavier than the media specification recommended for this allin-one can cause misfeeds, jams, reduced print quality, and excessive mechanical wear. Some heavier media, such as HP Cover Stock, can be safely used.
################ Letterhead and preprinted forms
The all-in-one can print on letterhead and preprinted forms that can withstand temperatures of 200°C (392°F).
| | |---|
NOTE To print a single-page cover letter on letterhead, followed by a multiple-page document, feed the letterhead face up in the single-sheet priority input slot (tray 1), and load the standard paper in the main input tray (tray 2). The all-in-one automatically prints from the single-sheet priority input slot first.
#### Fax: How do I?
Use this section to answer fax questions.
########### Use the Setup Wizard
Before you can begin using the all-in-one fax features, you must complete the following tasks:
| | |---|
NOTE If you are installing the all-in-one software on your computer, you can skip the remaining instructions in this chapter. The software installer automatically helps you to set up the fax settings, unless you are using Microsoft Windows® 95 or Windows NT®. See the electronic User Guide for instructions.
If you completed the software installation, you are ready to send faxes from your computer. If you did not complete the fax setup process at the time you installed the software, you can complete it at any time by using the Fax Setup Wizard in the all-in-one program group (click Start, Programs, HP, the name of your all-in-one, and HP Fax Setup Wizard).
In the United States and many other regions/countries, setting the time, date, and other fax header information is a legal requirement.
########### Send a fax from the all-in-one
-or-
If the fax number you are calling has a speed-dial entry, press Phone Book, use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the speed-dial entry, and then press .
If you are scanning from the flatbed scanner, select YES when Send from glass? 1=Yes 2=No appears, and then press .
When the last page of the fax has exited the all-in-one, you can start sending another fax, copying, or scanning.
To fax to numbers that you use regularly, you can assign a one-touch key or speed-dial entry. See To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys and To program speed-dial entries or onetouch keys quickly. If you have electronic phone books available, you might be able to use them to select recipients. Electronic phone books are generated by using third-party software programs.
########### Reprint a fax
If you want to reprint a fax because the print cartridge was empty or if the fax was printed on the wrong type of media, you can try to reprint it. The amount of memory that is available determines the actual number of faxes that are stored for reprinting. The most recent fax prints first; the oldest fax that is in storage prints last.
These faxes are stored continuously. Reprinting them does not clear them from the memory. To clear these faxes from the memory, see Deleting faxes from memory.
To reprint a fax Use the following steps to reprint a fax:
| | |---|
NOTE You do not need to use this procedure if the fax does not print because of a jam or because the media is completely depleted. During these situations, faxes are received to memory. As soon as you clear the jam or replenish the media, fax printing automatically resumes.
| | |---|
NOTE To stop the printing at any time, press Cancel.
CAUTION If this setting is set to Off, misprinted of faded faxes cannot be reprinted.
########################## To change the fax reprint settings
The default fax reprint setting is On. To change this setting from the all-in-one control panel, complete the following steps:
########### Print the fax activity log
The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received, sent, or deleted, and any errors that occurred. A fax activity log includes the following information:
########################## To set the fax activity log to print automatically
You can decide whether or not you want the fax log to print automatically after every 40 entries. The factory-set default is On. Use the following steps to set the fax activity log to print automatically:
########### Forward received faxes to another fax number
You can set your all-in-one to forward incoming faxes to another fax number. When the fax arrives at your all-in-one, it is stored in the memory. The all-in-one then dials the fax number that you have specified and sends the fax. If the all-in-one cannot forward a fax because of an error (for example, the number is busy) and repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful, your all-in-one prints the fax.
If the all-in-one runs out of memory while receiving a fax, it terminates the incoming fax and only forwards the pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory.
When it is using the fax-forwarding feature, the all-in-one (rather than the computer) must be receiving the faxes, and the answer mode must be set to Automatic (see Setting the answer mode).
########################## To use fax forwarding
number where the fax is to be sent, and then press to save your selection.
########### Send and receive faxes by using a computer
This section contains basic instructions for sending faxes by using the software that came with the allin-one. All other software-related topics are covered in the software Help, which can be opened from the software-program Help menu.
| | |---|
NOTE The HP fax software and HP ToolboxFX are not supported for Windows 98 or Windows Me. The HP ToolboxFX software is not supported for Macintosh.
NOTE Receiving faxes by using a computer is not supported for Macintosh.
You can fax electronic documents from your computer if you meet the following requirements:
| | |---|
NOTE You can also send a fax from HP ToolboxFX by navigating to the Fax Tasks section and clicking the Fax Send button.
########################## To send a fax from the software (Mac OS X V10.3 and V10.4)
########################## To send a fax from a third-party software program, such as Microsoft Word (all operating systems)
faxes by using a computer.
-orMac users: Complete steps 2 through 6 in either the Mac OS X V10.3 or the Mac OS X V10.4 section of Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer.
########################## Receiving faxes to your computer
To receive faxes to your computer, you must turn on the receive-to-PC setting in the software (see the all-in-one software Help). The receive-to-PC setting can be activated only from one computer. If for any reason that computer is no longer available, you can use the following procedure to turn the receive-to-PC setting off from the all-in-one control panel.
########### Add or delete a contact
Speed-dial entries 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with their corresponding one-touch keys on the control panel. The one-touch keys can be used for speed-dial or group-dial entries. A maximum of 50 characters can be entered for a single fax number.
| | |---|
NOTE To gain access to all of the speed-dial entries, you must use the Shift button. Speeddial entries 6 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 7 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), and 9 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are all available by pressing Shift and the associated one-touch key on the control panel.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries using HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
Complete the following steps to program speed-dial entries and one-touch keys from the all-in-one control panel:
| | |---|
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears if you want to insert a pause in the dialing sequence, or press * until W appears if you want the all-inone to wait for a dial tone.
| | |---|
NOTE To insert punctuation, press the asterisk (*) button repeatedly until the character that you want appears, and then press the > buttton to go to the next space.
########### To delete speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
and then press .
########### Fax phone book
Use the Fax phone book to add and remove individuals or groups on your speed-dial list, import phone books from a variety of sources, and update and maintain your contact list.
| | |---|
NOTE If you specify a row that is occupied, the new entry will overwrite the existing entry.
In addition to numerical digits, the following are valid characters for fax numbers:
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
########### To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys
Speed-dial entries 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with their corresponding one-touch keys on the control panel. The one-touch keys can be used for speed-dial or group-dial entries. A maximum of 50 characters can be entered for a single fax number.
| | |---|
NOTE To gain access to all of the speed-dial entries, you must use the Shift button. Speeddial entries 6 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 7 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), and 9 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are all available by pressing Shift and the associated one-touch key on the control panel.
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily
programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries using HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
Complete the following steps to program speed-dial entries and one-touch keys from the all-in-one control panel:
| | |---|
NOTE When entering a fax number, press Pause until a comma (,) appears if you want to insert a pause in the dialing sequence, or press * until W appears if you want the all-inone to wait for a dial tone.
| | |---|
NOTE To insert punctuation, press the asterisk (*) button repeatedly until the character that you want appears, and then press the > buttton to go to the next space.
########### Create a new group list
If you send information to the same group of people on a regular basis, you can program a group-dial entry to simplify the task. Group-dial entries are composed of speed-dial entries. Group-dial entries using numbers 1 through 10 (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one), 1 through 12 (HP LaserJet 3055 all-inone), or 1 through 16 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) are also associated with the corresponding one-touch key on the control panel.
Any individual speed-dial entry can be added to a group. All group members must have programmed speed-dial entries or one-touch keys assigned to them before being added to the group-dial entry.
| | |---|
NOTE Speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are more easily programmed from the software. For instructions about programming speed-dial entries, onetouch keys, and group-dial entries by using the HP ToolboxFX, see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
################ To program group-dial entries
To program or edit speed-dial entries and one-touch keys.)
each group member you want to add.
########################## -or-
Select Phone Book, and then select the speed-dial entry for the group member you want to add. Press to confirm the addition. Repeat this step for each group member you want to add.
################ To delete group-dial entries
then press .
################ 7. Press to confirm the deletion. To delete an individual from a group-dial entry
-orPress Cancel if you are finished.
| | |---|
NOTE Deleting a speed-dial entry also deletes that entry from any group-dial entries that included that speed-dial entry.
################ To delete all phone book entries
You can delete all speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries that are programmed in the all-in-one.
CAUTION After speed-dial entries, one-touch keys, and group-dial entries are deleted, they cannot be recovered.
########### Import contacts from another source
Use the Fax phone book to add and remove individuals or groups on your speed-dial list, import phone books from a variety of sources, and update and maintain your contact list.
| | |---|
NOTE If you specify a row that is occupied, the new entry will overwrite the existing entry.
In addition to numerical digits, the following are valid characters for fax numbers:
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
########### Change the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The contrast affects the lightness and darkness of an outgoing fax as it is being sent.
########################## To change the default light/dark (contrast) setting
The default light/dark setting is the contrast that is normally applied to items that are being faxed. The slider is set to the middle as the default setting.
########### Change resolution settings
| | |---|
NOTE Increasing the resolution increases the fax size. Larger faxes increase the send time and could exceed the available memory in the all-in-one.
The factory-set default resolution setting is Fine. Use this procedure to change the default resolution for all fax jobs to one of the following settings:
########################## To change the default resolution setting
########################## To adjust the resolution for the current fax job
| | |---|
NOTE This procedure changes the fax resolution for the current fax job. For instructions about changing the default fax resolution, see Changing resolution settings.
NOTE To change the fax contrast or glass-scan size, you must change the default settings. See Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting or Changing the default glass-size setting.
########### Use the all-in-one control-panel buttons
The controls for sending faxes are located on the left side of the control panel.
Shift
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3055
########### Enter text from the control panel
Use the following instructions to enter information from the all-in-one control panel with the alphanumeric buttons and the < and the > buttons:
| | |---|
NOTE For more information on control panel characters, see Using manual dial.
#### Copy: How do I?
Use this section to answer copying questions.
Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one) To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one) Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
Copy two-sided documents (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one) To copy a multiple-page stack of two-sided documents (3052/3055 all-in-one) Copies resulting from this procedure are printed on one side, and need to be hand-collated.
########### Use automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) to copy documents (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use the 2-Sided button on the control panel display to use duplexing to achieve various results.
| | |---|
NOTE The default setting is 1–1. The 2-Sided LED on the control panel turns on when another setting is used.
Table 11-1 2-Sided settings Document type 2-Sided setting Resulting copies 2-Sided LED One-sided 1–1 One-sided Off One-sided 1–2 Two-sided On Two-sided 2–2 Two-sided On
########################## To make two-sided copies from one-sided documents
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
########################## To make two-sided copies from two-sided documents
first page facing up, and with the top of the page leading into the ADF.
| | |---|
NOTE Two-sided copying from the flatbed scanner glass is not supported.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
########################## To change the default 2-Sided setting
duplexer when you copy documents.
########### Reduce or enlarge copies
The all-in-one can reduce copies to as little as 25% of the original size or enlarge copies to as much as 400% of the original size.
################ Adjusting the copy size To reduce or enlarge copies for the current job
| | |---|
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type a percentage by using the alphanumeric buttons. If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or landscape).
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
You must change the default media size in the media input tray to match the output size, or part of your copy might be cut off.
########################## To adjust the default copy size
| |
|---|
NOTE The default copy size is the size to which copies are normally reduced or enlarged. If you keep the factory default size setting of Original=100%, all copies will be the same size as the original document.
| | |---|
NOTE If you select Custom: 25-400%, type in the percentage of the original size that you normally want for copies. If you select 2 pages/sheet or 4 pages/sheet, select the orientation (portrait or landscape).
########### Adjust the lighter/darker (contrast) setting
The lighter/darker setting affects the lightness or darkness (contrast) of the copy. Use the following procedure to change the contrast for the current copy job only.
########################## To adjust the lighter/darker setting for the current job
lighter than the original, or move the slider to the right to make the copy darker than the original.
the selection without starting the job.
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
To adjust the default lighter/darker setting NOTE The default lighter/darker setting affects all copy jobs.
| | |---|
########### Change the copy-collation setting
You can set the all-in-one to automatically collate multiple copies into sets. For example, if you are making two copies of three pages and the automatic collation is on, the pages print in this order: 1,2,3,1,2,3. If automatic collation is off, the pages print in this order: 1,1,2,2,3,3.
To use the automatic collation, the original document size must fit into the memory. If it does not, the all-in-one makes only one copy and a message appears notifying you of the change. If that happens, use one of the following methods to finish the job:
########################## To change the copy-collation setting for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one only)
| | |---|
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default copy-collation setting to use copy collation.
the selection without starting the job.
########################## To change the default copy-collation setting
| | |---|
NOTE The factory-set default for automatic copy collation is On.
Adjust the copy quality Five copy-quality settings are available: Draft,Text, Mixed, Film photo, and Picture. The factory-set default for copy quality is Text. This setting is the best for items that contain mostly text. When making a copy of a photo or graphic, you can select the Film photo setting for photos or the Picture setting for other graphics to increase the quality of your copy. Select the Mixed setting for documents that include both text and graphics. If you want to conserve toner, and the copy quality is not as important, select Draft. To adjust the copy quality for the current job
job, or press to save the selection without starting the job.
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To adjust the default copy quality
########### Copy onto media of different types and sizes
The all-in-one is set to copy on either letter- or A4-size paper, depending on the country/region in which it was purchased. You can change the size and type of media that you copy to for the current copy job or for all copy jobs.
Media-size settings
● Letter ● Legal ● A4
Media-type settings
To change the media size and type for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
| | |---|
NOTE For the HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, change the default media size and type settings to change the media size and type.
########################## To change the default media-size setting
########################## To change the default media-type setting
########### Change tray selection (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The all-in-one is set to automatically pull media from trays that contain media. The all-in-one always pulls media from the priority input tray (tray 1) if you insert media into tray 1. If there is no media in tray 1, the all-in-one attempts to pull media from tray 3, if installed, and then from tray 2.
You can specify which tray you want to use by changing the tray selection. Auto select, Tray 1, Tray 2, and Tray 3 are available settings.
| | |---|
NOTE Tray 3 is only available if a tray 3 is installed.
########################## To change the tray selection for the current job
########################## To change the default tray selection
########### Change the number of copies
You can choose to have the default number of copies be any number from 1 to 99.
########################## To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
(between 1 and 99) that you want to make for your current job.
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To change the number of copies for the current job (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
make for your current job.
| | |---|
NOTE The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed. During this time, Settings=Custom appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To change the default number of copies
as the default.
| | |---|
NOTE The factory-set default for the number of copies is 1.
#### Scan: How do I?
Use this section to answer scanning questions.
########### Use HP LaserJet Scan
| | |---|
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan.
| | |---|
NOTE OK should indicate the action that you want to accomplish.
########### Scan from the all-in-one control panel
Lift the flatbed scanner cover and load the original face-down on the glass, with the upper-left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
########### Program the all-in-one Scan To button
| | |---|
NOTE The Scan To button must be programmed before you can use it. However, some destinations are programmed by default if the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
########################## To program the Scan To button
| | |---|
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer.
| | |---|
NOTE The All-in-one window might contain items set up by other computers that are connected to the all-in-one. You cannot make changes to these items.
NOTE Click New to create a new destination.
########### Create, modify, or delete destinations
| | |---|
NOTE Pressing Start Scan on the all-in-one control panel also starts HP LaserJet Scan.
ENWW Scan: How do I? 235
########### Scan to e-mail
Scanning to e-mail is supported by Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Notes.
| | |---|
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, an e-mail recipient must be programmed in the Scan to tab. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button. For Macintosh operating systems, set up this function from the Monitor Device tab. See the HP Director online Help.
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed scanner with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
automatically to the e-mail recipient that you selected.
########### Scan to a folder
To scan to a folder by using the Scan To button on the all-in-one control panel, use the following instructions.
| | |---|
NOTE To use this feature in Windows, a folder must be set up in the Scan to tab prior to use. See Programming the all-in-one Scan To button.
Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face-down on the flatbed scanner with the top, left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the glass. Gently close the lid.
#### Network: How do I?
Use this section to answer network questions.
########### Set up the all-in-one and use it on the network
Hewlett-Packard recommends that you use the HP software installer on the CDs that came with the all-in-one to set up printer drivers for the following network setups.
################ To configure a network port-connected all-in-one configuration (direct mode or peer-to-peer printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected directly to the network, and all computers on the network print directly to the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE This mode is the recommended network configuration for the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return to previous screens, and then change the settings.
################ To configure a direct-connected shared all-in-one (client server printing)
In this configuration, the all-in-one is connected to a computer through a USB cable, the computer is connected to the network, and the all-in-one is shared with other computers on the network.
| | |---|
NOTE If you want to change your settings, instead of clicking Next, click Back to return to previous screens, and then change the settings.
● In Windows XP, click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers and Faxes.
################ To change from a direct-connected shared all-in-one to a network portconnected all-in-one configuration
To change from a direct connection to a network configuration, complete the following steps.
connected all-in-one configuration (direct mode or peer-to-peer printing).
########### Set my network password
Use HP ToolboxFX to set a network password.
| | |---|
NOTE If a password has been set for the all-in-one previously, you will be prompted to type the password. Type the password, and then click Apply.
#### Other: How do I?
Use this section to answer other questions about the all-in-one.
########### Clean the paper path
During the printing process, paper, toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the all-in-one. Over time, this buildup can cause print-quality problems such as toner specks or smearing. This allin-one has a cleaning mode that can correct and prevent these types of problems.
|| |---|
################ To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX
Use HP ToolboxFX to clean the paper path. This is the recommended cleaning method. If you do not have access to HP ToolboxFX, use the method in To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel.
################ To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel
If you do not have access to HP ToolboxFX, you can print and use a cleaning page from the all-inone control panel.
########### Restore the factory-set defaults
Restoring the factory-set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults, and it also clears the fax header name and phone number.
CAUTION This procedure clears fax numbers and names that are associated with one-touch keys and speed-dial codes, and deletes any pages that are stored in the memory. The procedure then automatically restarts the all-in-one.
########################## To restore the factory-set defaults
########### Use the Embedded Web server (EWS)
The EWS is a Web-based interface that provides simple access to all-in-one status and configurations, including network configurations and Smart Printing Supplies (SPS) functionality.
You can gain access to the EWS through the network connection to the all-in-one. Type the all-inone IP address in a Web browser to open the all-in-one EWS homepage in the browser. From the homepage, you can use the tabs and left navigation menu to check the status of the all-in-one, configure the all-in-one, or check the status of the supplies.
Supported browsers include:
Find the user guide User guide links
Where to look for more information Several references are available for use with this all-in-one. Setting up the all-in-one Getting started guide (printed)—Provides step-by-step instructions for installing and setting up the all-in-one. This guide comes in the box with your all-in-one.
| | |---|
Accessory and supplies installation guides—Provide step-by-step instructions for installing the allin-one accessories and supplies and are packaged with the accessory or supply.

| | | |---|---| | | |
Using the all-in-one User guide—Contains detailed information for using the all-in-one and troubleshooting problems. This guide is available on the CD that came with the all-in-one. It is also available through the HP ToolboxFX software. A Web-based (HTML) user guide is also available. Go to the appropriate Web site:
| | |---|
NOTE After connecting, click Manuals
Help—Each of the software components contains information about all-in-one options that are available from within each software component. To view a Help file, open the Help through the software component.
########### Receive toner warnings
################ Set the all-in-one to warn you when the amount of toner remaining in the print cartridge is low. Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at the all-in-one control panel (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The Toner Low light on the all-in-one control panel lights up when the print cartridge level is low.
################ Receive toner warnings from the all-in-one at my computer (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use HP ToolboxFX to set up the all-in-one so that it will issue pop-up alerts to your computer when a print cartridge level is low.
################ Receive toner warning e-mail messages from the all-in-one (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use HP ToolboxFX to set up the all-in-one so that it will issue e-mail message alerts to your computer when a print cartridge level is low.
| | |---|
NOTE If you want to receive e-mail messages for other listed events, select the check boxes for those events as well.
| | |---|
NOTE You must set up a simple mail transfer protocol (SMTP) server to send e-mail alerts.
########### View the control-panel menu items for the all-in-one (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Use the all-in-one control panel to print a "menu map" that shows all of the control-panel menus that you can navigate.
The all-in-one prints a menu map.
########### Use the convenience stapler
Activate the stapling mechanism by inserting media into the convenience stapler.
########################## To staple media by using the convenience stapler
CAUTION Do not use the convenience stapler to staple plastic, cardboard, or wood. Damage to the convenience stapler can result from attempting to staple these materials.
| | |---|
NOTE Exceeding the recommended capacity could result in jams or damage.
| | |---|
NOTE If you are unable to remove the media after stapling, carefully open the stapler door and then slide your document out.
########### Load staples
Each staple cassette holds 1,500 unformed staples. To load staples into the all-in-one, insert a staple cassette.
########################## To load staples
| | |---|
NOTE Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
staples), remove the staple cassette from the all-in-one.
########################### 4. Close the stapler door.
########### Clear stapler jams
To reduce the risk of staple jams, make sure that you staple 20 or fewer pages of media (80 g/m2or 20 lb) at a time.
########################## To clear a staple jam from the convenience stapler
| | |---|
NOTE Opening the stapler door disables the stapler.
########### Replace the print cartridge
########################## To change the print cartridge
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########################### 4. Insert the cartridge into the all-in-one until it is firmly in place.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
############################# 5. Close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
CAUTION If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in cold water.Hot water sets toner into the fabric.
Clear jams This section contains instructions for clearing jams from the all-in-one. Clear jams from the print cartridge area To clear a jam in the print cartridge area, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
################### ENWW Other: How do I? 253
########################### 4. Replace the print cartridge and close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
################## Clear jams from the input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) To clear a jam in the input trays, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
ENWW Other: How do I? 255
CAUTION Pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one. Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
256 Chapter 11 How do I? ENWW
ENWW Other: How do I? 257
################ Clear jams from the output bin
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
###################### 258 Chapter 11 How do I? ENWW
################ Clear jams from the straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one)
To clear a jam in the straight-through output path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
| | |---|
NOTE If you cannot grasp the media with your hands, perform the procedure inPrint cartridge area.
########################### 4. Close the rear output door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
| | |---|
NOTE The pressure release levers automatically close when you close the rear output door.
################ Clear jams from the automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path To clear a jam in the automatic two-sided path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
Clear jams from the automatic document feeder (ADF) Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a fax, copy, or scan job. You are notified of a media jam by the Doc feeder jam Clear, Reload message that appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To clear a media jam from the ADF HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one
| | |---|
NOTE Verify that any shipping tape inside the ADF has been removed.
| | |---|
########### Order new supplies
You can order supplies by using HP ToolboxFX. To order supplies, complete the following steps.
12 Managing the all-in-one and maintenance
ENWW 267
#### Information pages
Information pages reside within the all-in-one memory. These pages help to diagnose and solve problems with the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE If the all-in-one language was not correctly set during installation, you can set the language manually so the information pages print in one of the supported languages. Change the language by using HP ToolboxFX. See HP ToolboxFX.
########### Demo page
To print the Demo page, complete the following steps.
########### Usage page
The Usage page shows usage statistics, such as the number of copies made from the flatbed scanner or the automatic document feeder, the number of faxes sent or received, the number of pages printed, or the number of pages jammed in the automatic document feeder.
You can print a Usage page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print a usage page from the allin-one, complete the following steps:
########### Configuration page
The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. You can print a Configuration page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print the Configuration page from the allin-one, complete the following steps.
268 Chapter 12 Managing the all-in-one and maintenance ENWW
A second page also prints. On that page, the Fax Settings section provide details about the all-inone fax settings.
########### Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
The Supplies Status page lists the remaining life of the HP print cartridge. It also lists the estimated pages remaining, the number of pages printed, and other supplies information. You can print a Supplies Status page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print from the all-in-one, complete the following steps.
| | |---|
NOTE Supplies information is also available through the HP ToolboxFX.
hp LaserJet 3390
| | | |---|---| | | |
1
| | | |---|---| | | |
| | | |---|---| | | |
270 Chapter 12 Managing the all-in-one and maintenance ENWW
Network configuration page The network configuration page lists the all-in-one network settings. You can print a network configuration page from the all-in-one control or HP ToolboxFX. To print from the all-in-one, complete the following steps:
########### Fax logs and reports
For information about fax logs and reports, see Fax logs and reports.
#### HP ToolboxFX
HP ToolboxFX is a Web-based program that you can use to complete the following tasks:
You can view HP ToolboxFX when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to the network. You must perform a typical software installation to use HP ToolboxFX.
| | |---|
NOTE HP ToolboxFX is not supported for Windows 98 SE or Macintosh operating systems. To use HP ToolboxFX, you must have TCP/IP protocol installed on your computer.
NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use HP ToolboxFX.
########### To view HP ToolboxFX
Open HP ToolboxFX in one of these ways:
########### Status
The HP ToolboxFX Status tab contains links to the following main pages:
| | |---|
NOTE HP ToolboxFX for the HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one does not print the Supplies Status page.
################ Event log
The Event log is a four-column table where the all-in-one events are logged for your reference. The log contains codes that correspond to the error messages that appears on the all-in-one controlpanel display. The number in the Page Count column specifies the total number of pages that the allin-one had printed when the error occurred. The Event log also contains a brief description of the error. For more information about error messages, see Control-panel messages.
########### Alerts
The HP ToolboxFX Alerts tab contains links to the following main pages:
################ Set up status alerts
Use HP ToolboxFX to set up the all-in-one so that it issues pop-up alerts to your computer when certain events occur. Events that trigger alerts include jams, low levels of toner in HP print cartridges, non-HP print cartridge in use, empty input trays, and specific error messages.
Select the pop-up format, the tray icon format, or both for the alerts. The pop-up alerts only appear when the all-in-one is printing from the computer on which you set up the alerts.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ Set up e-mail alerts
Use HP ToolboxFX to configure up to two e-mail addresses to receive alerts when certain events occur. You can specify different events for each e-mail address. Enter the information for the e-mail server that will send out the e-mail alert messages for the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
########### Fax
Use the HP ToolboxFX Fax tab to perform fax tasks from your computer. The Fax tab contains links to the following main pages:
Fax tasks The following three options are available when receiving a fax:
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ Fax phone book
Use the HP ToolboxFX Fax phone book to add and remove individuals or groups on your speed-dial list, import phone books from a variety of sources, and update and maintain your contact list.
| | |---|
NOTE If you specify a row that is occupied, the new entry will overwrite the existing entry.
In addition to numerical digits, the following are valid characters for fax numbers:
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
################ Fax send log
The HP ToolboxFX Fax send log lists all recently sent faxes and information about them, including the date and time sent, job number, fax number, page count, and the results.
When you send a fax from a computer that is connected to the all-in-one, the fax contains a View link. Clicking this link opens a new page that provides information about the fax.
Click any column heading in the Fax send log to re-sort the information in that column in ascending or descending order.
The Results column provides the status of the fax. If the fax attempt was unsuccessful, this column provides a description of why the fax was not sent.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect. For more information about faxes, see Fax. Fax receive log
The HP ToolboxFX Fax receive log provides a list of all recently received faxes and information about them including the date and time received, job number, fax number, page count, results, and an abbreviated fax image.
When you receive a fax on a computer that is connected to the all-in-one, the fax contains a View link. Clicking this link opens a new page that provides information about the fax.
Click on any column heading in the Fax receive log to re-sort the information in that column in ascending or descending order.
The Results column provides the status of the fax. If the fax attempt was unsuccessful, this column provides a description of why the fax was not received.
| |
|---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
For more information about faxes, see Fax.
########### Help
The HP ToolboxFX Documentation tab contains links to the following main pages:
########### System settings
The HP ToolboxFX System Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
################ Device information
The HP ToolboxFX Device information page stores data about your all-in-one for future reference. The information that you type in these fields appears on the Configuration page. You can type any character in each of these fields.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ Paper handling
Use the HP ToolboxFX paper-handling options to configure your default settings. These are the same options that are available on the Paper Handling and Printing menus on the control-panel. For more information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
You must set the asset number. The asset number is not set at the factory. This number is stored in the all-in-one for identification purposes.
Three options are available for handling print jobs when the product is out of media:
The Paper out time field specifies how long the all-in-one waits before acting on your selections. You can specify from 0 to 3600 seconds.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ Print quality
Use the HP ToolboxFX print-quality options to improve the appearance of your print jobs. These are the same options that are available on the Print Quality menu on the control panel. For more information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
The four options provided for controlling print quality are resolution, REt (Resolution Enhancement technology), print density, and Economode.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ Paper types
Use these HP ToolboxFX Paper types options to configure print modes that correspond to the various media types. When you select Restore Modes, all of the modes are reset to the factory settings.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ System setup
Use the HP ToolboxFX system settings options to configure the settings for copy, fax, scan, and print. These are the same options that are available on the System Settings menu on the control panel. For more information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ Service
During the printing process, paper, toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the all-in-one. Over time, this buildup can cause print-quality problems such as toner specks or smearing. HP ToolboxFX provides an easy method for cleaning the paper path. For more information, see To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX.
################ Device Polling
You can turn off HP ToolboxFX device polling to reduce network traffic, but you will also disable some HP ToolboxFX features: pop-up alerts, fax log updates, the ability to receive faxes to this computer, and scanning using the Scan To button.
To turn device polling on, do both of the following:
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
########### Print settings
The HP ToolboxFX Print Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
################ Printing
Use the HP ToolboxFX printing settings options to configure the settings for all print functions. These are the same options that are available on the Print Settings menu on the control panel. For more information, see Using the all-in-one control panel.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
################ PCL 5e
Use the PCL5e options to configure the settings when you are using the PCL5e print personality. These are the same options that are available on the PCL5e menu on the control panel.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
PostScript Use the PostScript option when you are using the PostScript print personality. When the Print PostScript error option is turned on, the PostScript error page automatically prints when PostScript errors occur.
| | |---|
NOTE You must click Apply before your changes take effect.
########### Network settings
The network administrator can use the HP ToolboxFX Network Settings tab to control the networkrelated settings for the all-in-one when it is connected to an IP-based network.
#### Macintosh Configure Device (Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4)
Macintosh Configure Device is a Web-based program that provides access to information about the all-in-one (for example, information about supplies status and all-in-one settings). Use Macintosh Configure Device to monitor and manage the all-in-one from the computer
| | |---|
NOTE You must perform a complete software installation to use Macintosh Configure Device.
You can view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to the network.
| | |---|
NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use Macintosh Configure Device.
########################## To view Macintosh Configure Device when the all-in-one is directly connected to the computer
#### Embedded Web server
This all-in-one is equipped with an embedded Web server (EWS), which provides access to information about all-in-one and network activities. A Web server provides an environment in which web programs may run, much in the same way that an operating system, such as Windows, provides an environment for programs to run on your computer. The output from these programs can then be displayed by a Web browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Safari, or Netscape Navigator.
An “embedded” Web server resides on a hardware device (such as an all-in-one) or in firmware, rather than as software that is loaded on a network server.
The advantage of an EWS is that it provides an interface to the all-in-one that anyone with a networkconnected all-in-one and computer can use. There is no special software to install or configure, but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer. To gain access to the EWS, type the IP address for the all-in-one in the address line of the browser. (To find the IP address, print a Configuration page. For more information about printing a Configuration page, see Configuration page.)
| | |---|
NOTE For Macintosh operating systems, you can use the EWS over a USB connection after installing the Macintosh software included with the all-in-one.
########### Features
The EWS allows you to view all-in-one and network status and manage printing functions from your computer. With the EWS, you can complete the following tasks:
ENWW Embedded Web server 283
#### Managing supplies
########### Checking status and ordering supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 allin-one only)
You can check the supplies status by using the all-in-one control panel, printing a Supplies Status page, or viewing the HP ToolboxFX. Hewlett-Packard recommends that you place an order for a replacement print cartridge when you first receive the Low message for a print cartridge. When you use a new, authentic HP print cartridge, you can obtain the following types of supplies information:
| | |---|
NOTE If the all-in-one is connected to the network, you can set the HP ToolboxFX to notify you by e-mail when a print cartridge is low. If the all-in-one is directly connected to a computer, you can set HP ToolboxFX to notify you when supplies are low.
################ To check supplies status by using the control panel Do one of the following:
If the supplies levels are low, you can order supplies through your local HP dealer, by telephone, or online. See Accessories and ordering information for part numbers. See www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies to order online.
################ To check supplies status by using HP ToolboxFX
You can configure HP ToolboxFX to notify you when the supplies are low. You can choose to receive alerts by e-mail or as a pop-up message or taskbar icon.
########### Storing supplies
Follow these guidelines for storing print cartridges:
CAUTION To prevent damage, do not expose the print cartridge to light for more than a few minutes.
########### Replacing and recycling supplies
To install a new HP print cartridge, follow the instructions that are included in the box that contains the new supply, or see the getting started guide.
To recycle supplies, place the used supply in the box in which the new supply arrived. Use the enclosed return label to send the used supply to HP for recycling. For complete information, see the recycling guide that is included with each new HP supply item. See HP LaserJet printing supplies for more information about HP's recycling program.
########### HP policy on non-HP supplies
Hewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP supplies, either new or remanufactured. Because they are not HP products, HP cannot influence their design or control their quality. Service or repairs required as a result of using a non-HP supply will not be covered under the warranty.
When you insert a supply into the all-in-one, the all-in-one will inform you if the supply is not a genuine HP supply. If you insert a genuine HP supply that has reached the low state from another HP device, the all-in-one identifies the supply as non-HP. Simply return the supply to the original device to reactivate the HP features and functionality.
################ Resetting the all-in-one for non-HP supplies (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
When you install a non-HP print cartridge, Unauthorized appears on the control-panel display. In order to print with this supply, you must press the first time you install this non-HP supply.
CAUTION The all-in-one will not stop printing when this type of supply is empty. Damage to the all-in-one could occur if the all-in-one prints with an empty non-HP print cartridge. See Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement and Print Cartridge Limited Warranty Statement.
########### HP fraud hotline
Call the HP fraud hotline if the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX indicates that the print cartridge is not an HP print cartridge and you think that it is genuine. HP will help determine if the product is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem.
ENWW Managing supplies 285
Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP one if you notice the following issues:
In the United States, call toll-free: 1-877-219-3183. Outside the United States, you can call collect. Dial the operator and ask to place a collect call to this telephone number: 1-770-263-4745. If you do not speak English, a representative at the HP fraud hotline who speaks your language will assist you. Or, if someone who speaks your language is not available, a language line interpreter will connect approximately one minute after the beginning of the call. The language line interpreter is a service that will translate between you and the representative for the HP fraud hotline.
#### Cleaning the all-in-one
########### To clean the exterior
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the exterior of the all-in-one.
########### To clean the scanner glass and white platen (HP LaserJet 3050 allin-one)
Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white platen, which can affect performance. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white platen.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the all-in-one; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with water if desired.
liquid
########### To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
Dirty glass, from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and so on, slows down performance and affects the accuracy of special features such as fit-to-page and copy.
| | |---|
NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic document feeder (ADF), clean the scanner strip (step 3). It is not necessary to clean the scanner glass.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the all-in-one; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place liquids directly on the glass. They might seep under it and damage the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with water if desired.
liquid
########### To clean the lid backing (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone)
Minor debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located underneath the all-inone lid.
CAUTION Do not use paper-based wipes because they might scratch the backing.
| | |---|
NOTE In certain areas of California, air pollution control regulations restrict the use of Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) as a cleaning agent. In those areas of California, please disregard the previous recommendations and use a dry, lint-free cloth. The cloth may be moistened with water if desired.
liquid
########### To clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller assembly (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
If your ADF has trouble feeding documents, you can clean the ADF pickup roller assembly.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3390/3392
290 Chapter 12 Managing the all-in-one and maintenance ENWW
| | |---|
NOTE If you are experiencing jams in the ADF, contact your local HP-authorized service provider. See HP Customer Care.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3390/3392
########### Cleaning the paper path
During the printing process, paper, toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the all-in-one. Over time, this buildup can cause print-quality problems such as toner specks or smearing. This allin-one has a cleaning mode that can correct and prevent these types of problems.
|| |---|
################ To clean the paper path from HP ToolboxFX
Use HP ToolboxFX to clean the paper path. This is the recommended cleaning method. If you do not have access to HP ToolboxFX, use the method in To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel.
To clean the paper path from the all-in-one control panel If you do not have access to HP ToolboxFX, you can print and use a cleaning page from the all-inone control panel. 1. Press Menu. 2. Use the < or the > button to find the Service menu.
A page feeds through the all-in-one slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
#### Changing the print cartridge
########################## To change the print cartridge
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
ENWW Changing the print cartridge 295
########################### 4. Insert the cartridge into the all-in-one until it is firmly in place.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
############################# 5. Close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
CAUTION If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothing in cold water.Hot water sets toner into the fabric.
#### Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one
If the ADF on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one is damaged or not working, you can replace it. For information about ordering supplies, see Accessories and ordering information.
| | |---|
CAUTION Do not attempt to change the ADF unless you are directed to do so by Customer Care.
NOTE The ADF on an HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one is not replaceable.
########################## To change the ADF
the all-in-one.
ENWW Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one 297
#### Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) pickup roller and load arm assembly (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
########################## To change the ADF pickup roller and load arm assembly
If the ADF has trouble feeding documents, you can replace the ADF pickup roller and load arm assembly. See Accessories and ordering information to order the assembly.
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3390/3392
########################### 3. Lift the load spring off of the post on the load arm.
CAUTION To make sure that you do not lose the load spring, hold on to the load spring throughout this procedure.
| | |---|
########################### 4. Rotate the load arm assembly.
| | |---|
########################### 5. Lift the load arm assembly, slide the assembly toward the front of the all-in-one to disengagethe gear-end of the assembly, and then lift the assembly off of the all-in-one.
| | |---|
########################### 6. Insert the gear-end of the new load arm assembly into the all-in-one and then lower theassembly into place.
| | |---|
########################### 7. Reattach the load spring.
| | |---|
########################### 8. Close the ADF cover.
########################### 9. Plug in the all-in-one, and then turn on the all-in-one.
| |
|---|
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 HP LaserJet 3390/3392
NOTE If you continue to experience jams in the ADF, contact your local HP-authorized service provider. See HP Customer Care.
13 Troubleshooting
ENWW 303
#### Troubleshooting checklist
Follow these steps when trying to solve a problem with the all-in-one.
Step number
Verification step Possible problems Solutions
When the all-in-one is connected to a grounded power source and is turned on, the control panel shows Hewlett Packard with moving cursors indicating that the firmware code is loading, and the main motor rotates for approximately 45 to 60 seconds. When the firmware is done loading, Scanner bulb warming up might appear on the control-panel display, and the scan head moves back and forth for 10-15 seconds. If you lift the scanner lid, you will see that the scanner bulb is lit. Near the end of this time, the automatic document feeder (ADF) motor turns on for about two seconds.
No power due to failed power source, cable, switch, or fuse.
Motor does not rotate. 1. Verify that the fuser shipping locks
have been removed. For more information, see the Getting Started Guide.
ADF motor does not rotate. Open the ADF cover and remove any
orange shipping tape inside the ADF. Verify that the ADF cable is connected correctly to the scanner. See Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
If the ADF motor still does not rotate, replace the ADF. See Changing the automatic document feeder (ADF) on the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one.
Scanner bulb does not light. If the scanner bulb does not light, contact
HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
all-in-one control panel?
The control panel should function without error messages.
Control panel shows an error. See Control-panel messages for a list of common messages that will help you correct the error.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
See Control-panel messages for a list of common messages that will help you correct the error.
Print a Configuration page. See Configuration page.
Media does not move smoothly through the all-in-one paper path.
Make sure that media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications
Clean the paper path. See Cleaning the paper path.
Poor print quality. See Print quality problems.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Poor copy quality from the ADF. 1. If the print quality from the internal
########################################### 4 Does the all-in-one copy?
tests and the copy from the flatbed were acceptable, clean the ADF scanning strip. See To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
Place the Configuration page into the ADF and make a copy. The report should feed smoothly through the ADF, and copies should print without print-quality problems. Make a copy from the flatbed as well.
Media does not move smoothly through the ADF path.
Poor copy quality from the flatbed. 1. If the print quality from the internal tests and the copy from the ADF were acceptable, clean the flatbed glass. See To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
########################################### 5 Does the all-in-one send a
The telephone line is not operational or the all-in-one is not plugged into the telephone line.
Verify that the all-in-one is plugged into a telephone line that you know works.
fax?
Connect the telephone line and press Start Fax to verify that a dial tone exists (using a hand set, if necessary). Attempt to send a fax.
The telephone cord is faulty or is plugged into the wrong connector.
correct and complete fax number. The all-in-one fax settings are set incorrectly. Review and reset the all-in-one fax
settings. See Fax. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Sent fax is incomplete or of poor quality. See Fax problems.
########################################### 6 Does the all-in-one receive
Too many telephone devices are plugged in, or telephone devices are not connected in the correct order.
Make sure that the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one is the only device on the telephone line and try again to receive the fax.
a fax?
Use another fax machine to send a fax to the all-in-one.
The all-in-one fax settings are set incorrectly. Review and reset the all-in-one fax
settings. See Fax
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Software is not installed correctly or an error occurred during software installation.
Uninstall and then reinstall the all-in-one software. Verify that you are using the correct installation procedure and the correct port setting.
########################################### 7 Does the all-in-one printfrom the computer?
Connect the network cable or USB cable to the all-in-one and the computer. Use a word-processing program to send a print job to the all-inone.
The cable is not connected correctly. Reconnect the cable. An incorrect driver is selected. Select the proper driver. Other devices are connected to the USB port.
Disconnect the other devices and try again to print.
There is a port driver problem in Microsoft Windows.
Uninstall and then reinstall the all-in-one software. Verify that you are using the correct installation procedure and the correct port setting.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
The cable is not connected correctly. Reconnect the cable. Software is not installed correctly or an error occurred during software installation.
########################################### 8 Does the all-in-one scan tothe computer?
Uninstall and then reinstall the all-in-one software. Verify that you are using the correct installation procedure and the correct port setting.
Initiate a scan from the basic desktop software at your computer.
If the error persists, turn off the all-in-one and then turn on the all-in-one. If the error still persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
#### Clearing jams
This section contains instructions for clearing jams from the all-in-one.
########### Causes of jams
Occasionally, paper or other print media can become jammed during a print job. Some causes include the following events:
########### Tips to avoid jams
########### Where to look for jams
Jams can occur in these locations:
Find and remove the jam by using the instructions on the following pages. If the location of the jam is not obvious, first look inside the all-in-one.
Loose toner might remain in the all-in-one after a jam. This problem typically resolves itself after a few sheets have been printed.
########### Print cartridge area
To clear a jam in the print cartridge area, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty. When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one. Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, minimize its exposure to direct light.
pressure-release levers downward.
ENWW Clearing jams 309
########################### 3. With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), andcarefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050HP LaserJet 3052/3055
################################### 4. Replace the print cartridge and close the print-cartridge door.
HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
################################ 5. On the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one, close the rear output door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
########### Input trays (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the input trays, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty. When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one. Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
########### Input trays (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the input trays, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty. When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one. Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
312 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting ENWW
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
314 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting ENWW
########### Output bin
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty.
With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and carefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392HP LaserJet 3050 HP LaserJet 3052/3055
########## Straight-through output path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the straight-through output path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty. When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one. Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
ENWW Clearing jams 315
########################### 3. With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), andcarefully pull it free from the all-in-one.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
| | |---|
NOTE If you cannot grasp the media with your hands, perform the procedure inPrint cartridge area.
################################## 4. Close the rear output door.
HP LaserJet 3390/3392
| | |---|
NOTE The pressure release levers automatically close when you close the rear output door.
316 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting ENWW
########### Automatic two-sided printing (duplexing) path (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
To clear a jam in the automatic two-sided path, perform the following steps:
CAUTION Do not use sharp objects, such as tweezers or needle-nose pliers, to remove jams. Damage caused by sharp objects will not be covered by the warranty. When removing jammed media, pull the jammed media straight away from the all-in-one. Pulling jammed media out of the all-in-one at an angle can damage the all-in-one.
ENWW Clearing jams 317
Jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF) Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a fax, copy, or scan job. You are notified of a media jam by the Doc feeder jam Clear, Reload message that appears on the all-in-one control-panel display.
########################## To clear a media jam from the ADF (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one)
########################## To clear a media jam from the ADF (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one)
| | |---|
NOTE Verify that any shipping tape inside the ADF has been removed.
HP LaserJet HP LaserJet 3390/3392
3052/3055
| | |---|
#### Control-panel messages
The majority of the control-panel messages are intended to guide the user through typical operation. The control-panel messages indicate the status of the current operation, and include a page count on the second line of the display, if appropriate. When the all-in-one is receiving fax data, print data, or scanning commands, control-panel messages indicate this status. In addition, alert messages, warning messages, and critical error messages indicate situations that might require some action.
########### Alert and warning messages
Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require the user to acknowledge the message by pressing to resume or by pressing Cancel to cancel the job. With certain warnings, the job might not complete or the print quality might be affected. If the alert or warning message is related to printing and the auto-continue feature is on, the all-in-one will attempt to resume the printing job after the warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement.
################ Alert and warning message tables
########################################### Control panel message Description Recommended action
10.0000 Supply error The print cartridge is not installed correctly. 1. Reinstall print cartridge.
ADF door is open The ADF lid is open or a sensor is
Make sure that the ADF lid is closed. Remove the ADF and reinstall it. If the message persists, turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one to initialize. Try another power source. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
malfunctioning.
Canceled copy. Clear document The Cancel button was pressed to cancel
Remove the jammed item. See Jams occur
in the automatic document feeder (ADF). Then, clear the items in the ADF tray and start over.
the current job while pages were feeding from the ADF. The cancel process does not automatically clear the ADF.
Canceled scan. Clear document The Cancel button was pressed to cancel
Remove the jammed item. See Jams occur
the current job while pages were feeding from the ADF. The cancel process does not automatically clear the ADF.
in the automatic document feeder (ADF). Then, clear the items in the ADF tray and start over.
Canceled send. Clear document The Cancel button was pressed to cancel
Remove the jammed item. See Jams occur
in the automatic document feeder (ADF). Then, clear the items in the ADF tray and start over.
the current job while pages were feeding from the ADF tray. The cancel process does not automatically clear the ADF.
Allow the all-in-one to retry sending the fax. Unplug the all-in-one telephone cord from
Comm. error A fax communication error occurred between the all-in-one and the sender or receiver.
the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a call. Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack for another phone line.
Try a different phone cord. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Device error. [ ] to cont. The all-in-one experienced an internal
communication error.
This is a warning message only. Job output might be affected.
Device is busy. Try again later The all-in-one is currently in use. Wait for the all-in-one to finish the current
job.
Doc feeder jam Clear, Reload A piece of media is jammed in the ADF tray. Open the document release door, clear the
jam, close the document release door, and reload the paper into the ADF tray.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Document feeder mispick. Reload Media in the ADF tray was not picked up. Remove the media from the ADF tray, and
then reload it. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Engine error press The all-in-one experienced an internal
This is a warning message only. Job output might be affected.
communication error.
Fax delayed – Send memory full Fax memory is full. Cancel the fax by pressing or Cancel. Resend the fax. You might need to send the fax in multiple sections if the error occurs again.
Fax is busy Canceled send The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy. The all-in-one has canceled sending the fax.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.
Check that the Redial if busy option is enabled.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start Fax.
Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack for another phone line, and then try sending the fax again.
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Fax is busy Redial pending The fax line to which you were sending a
Allow the all-in-one to retry sending the fax. Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready. Check that you are dialing the correct fax number. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start Fax. Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call. Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack for another phone line, and try sending the fax again. Try a different phone cord. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
fax was busy. The all-in-one automatically redials the busy number. See Changing the redial settings.
Fax memory full Canceling recv. During the fax transmission, the all-in-one
Print all of the faxes and have the sender resend the fax. Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory. See Deleting faxes from memory.
ran out of memory. Only the pages that fit into memory will be printed.
Note: Adding a memory DIMM (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only) does not help resolve this issue.
Fax memory full Canceling send During the fax job, the memory filled. All
Print all received faxes or wait until all pending faxes are sent.
pages of the fax have to be in memory for a fax job to work correctly. Only the pages that fit into memory were sent.
Ask the sender to send the fax again. Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory. See Deleting faxes from memory.
Fax recv. error An error occurred while trying to receive a
Ask the sender to resend the fax. Try faxing back to the sender or another fax machine. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start Fax. Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord. Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the all-in-one.
fax.
Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call.
Turn off error-correction mode (ECM), and turn off V.34. Ask the sender to resend the fax. See Setting the fax-error-correction
mode or Changing the V.34 setting.
Connect the all-in-one to a different phone line.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Fax Send error An error occurred while trying to send a fax. Try resending the fax.
Try faxing to another fax number. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start Fax. Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord. Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the all-in-one. Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the all-in-one, plugging in a telephone to the phone line, and making a voice call. Connect the all-in-one to a different phone line. Set the fax resolution to Standard instead of the default of Fine. See Changing resolution settings.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Fit to Page on flatbed only The copy reduce/enlarge feature (called
Use the flatbed or select another reduction/ enlargement setting.
"Fit to Page") applies only to copies made from the flatbed scanner.
Group dial not allowed in group The speed-dial code that you typed is
Add one-touch buttons (programmed as an individual speed dial) or speed-dial codes to a group-dial.
programmed for a group. Adding a groupdial to another group-dial is not allowed.
Invalid date An invalid date was entered, such as June
Re-enter the date.
for your all-in-one. Invalid entry Invalid data or response. Correct the entry.
Mem. low 1 copy. Press [cancel] The all-in-one completed making one copy.
Press Cancel to clear the error. Break the job into smaller jobs that contain fewer pages.
The remaining copies have been canceled because of low memory.
Memory is low Try again later The all-in-one does not have enough
Wait until the current job is finished before starting a new job.
memory to start a new job.
Memory is low. Press The all-in-one memory has been almost
Allow the all-in-one to finish the job, or press to cancel the job.
completely filled.
Memory low Only 1 copy made The all-in-one does not have enough
Break the job into smaller jobs that contain fewer pages.
memory to complete the collated copy job.
No Dial Tone The all-in-one could not detect a dial tone. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing Start Fax. Unplug the telephone cord from both the allin-one and the wall and replug the cord. Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the all-in-one. Unplug the all-in-one telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call.
Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack for another phone line. See Changing the detect-dial-tone setting.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
No document sent The all-in-one did not scan any pages, or it
Try sending the fax again.
did not receive any pages from the computer to transmit a fax.
No fax answer Redial pending The receiving fax line did not answer. The
Allow the all-in-one to retry sending the fax. Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready. Check that you are dialing the correct fax number. If the all-in-one continues to redial, unplug the all-in-one telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call. Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack for another phone line. Try a different phone cord. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
all-in-one attempts to redial after a few minutes.
No fax answer. Canceled send Attempts to redial a fax number failed, or
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready.
the “Redial-no answer” option was turned off.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax number.
No fax detected The all-in-one answered the incoming call
but did not detect that a fax machine was calling.
Check that the redial option is enabled. Unplug the telephone cord from both the allin-one and the wall and replug the cord. Unplug the all-in-one telephone cord from the wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a voice call. Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack for another phone line. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Allow the all-in-one to retry receiving the fax. Try a different phone cord. Plug the all-in-one phone cord into a jack for another phone line. If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
No paper pickup to cont. The all-in-one has failed to pick up a piece
Verify that the media was inserted far enough into the input tray. In tray 2 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one), verify that the paper-length guide is in the correct position for the media size that you are using.
of media.
Reload the media in the input tray and press to continue the job.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Page too complex to cont. The all-in-one could not print the current
Press to clear the message. Allow the all-in-one to finish the job, or press Cancel to cancel the job.
page because of its complexity.
Paper jam in (area) The all-in-one has detected a jam in one of
Clear the jam from the area indicated on the all-in-one control panel, and then follow the control panel instructions. See Clearing jams.
the following areas: tray 1, tray 2, optional tray 3, the registration area, or the fuser.
Scanner reserved for PC scan A computer is using the all-in-one to create
Wait until the computer scan has finished, or cancel the scan from the computer software, or press Cancel.
a scan.
Scanning error Cannot connect The all-in-one cannot transmit scan
Verify that the connection cable is not loose or damaged. Replace the cable if necessary, and try the scan again.
information to a computer.
Settings cleared The all-in-one has cleared job settings. Re-enter any appropriate job settings. Unauthorized supply in use/ Unauthorized black (to accept press [ ]
If you believe you purchased an HP supply, please call the HP fraud hotline at 1-877-219-3183. Service or repairs that are required as a result of using nonHP supplies is not covered under HP warranty.
A new supply has been installed that is not made by HP. This message is shown until an HP supply is installed or is pressed.
To continue printing, press . The first pending job will be cancelled.
########### Critical error messages
Critical error messages can indicate some kind of failure. Cycling the power might fix the problem. If a critical error persists, the all-in-one might require service.
################ Critical error message-tables
########################################### Control panel message Description Recommended action
49 Error The all-in-one has experienced an internal
Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one to initialize.
embedded software error.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
50.x Fuser Error The all-in-one has experienced an internal
hardware error.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
hardware error.
Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one to initialize.
If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one to initialize.
If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Table 13-2 Critical error messages (continued)
########################################### Control panel message Description Recommended action 55.1 Error The all-in-one has experienced an internal
Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one to initialize.
hardware error.
If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
57 Fan Error The all-in-one has experienced a problem
Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one to initialize.
with its internal fan.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
79 Error Turn off then on The all-in-one has experienced an internal
Turn off the power by using the power switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then turn on the power and wait for the all-in-one to initialize.
firmware error.
If you have recently installed a memory DIMM in the HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone, turn off the all-in-one, remove the memory DIMM, reinstall the DIMM to verify that it is seated properly, and then turn on the all-in-one.
If a surge protector is being used, remove it. Plug the all-in-one directly into the wall socket. Use the power switch to turn the allin-one on.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
#### Print problems
########### Print quality problems
Occasionally, you might encounter problems with print quality. The information in the following sections helps you identify and resolve these issues.
| | |---|
NOTE If you are having copy problems, see Copy problems.
Improving print quality Use the print-quality settings to prevent print-quality problems. Understanding print-quality settings
Print-quality settings affect how light or dark the print is on the page and the style in which the graphics are printed. You can also use the print-quality settings to optimize the print quality for a specific media type.
You can change the settings in the all-in-one properties to accommodate the types of jobs that you are printing. The following settings are available, depending on the printer driver that you are using:
| | |---|
NOTE Changing the resolution can change the formatting of your text.
########################## To temporarily change print-quality settings
To change the print-quality settings only for the current software program, open the properties through the Print Setup menu in the program that you are using to print.
########################## To change print-quality settings for all future jobs
| |
|---|
NOTE For Macintosh instructions, see Gaining access to the printer drivers for more information.
For Windows 98, Windows 2000, and Windows Me:
Identifying and correcting print defects Use the checklist and print-quality issues charts in this section to solve print-quality problems. Print-quality checklist General print-quality problems can be solved by using the following checklist:
● Use the Add Printer Wizard in the Printers (or Printers and Faxes in Windows XP) dialog box to install the PS driver.
########################## General print-quality issues
The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the all-in-one short-edgefirst. These examples illustrate problems that would affect all of the pages that you print. The topics that follow list the typical cause and solution for each of these examples.
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Print is light or faded. The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
The print cartridge might be low. If you use a non-HP print cartridge, no messages appear on the all-in-one control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
If the print cartridge is not low or empty, inspect the toner roller to see if the roller is damaged. If it is, replace the print cartridge.
If the whole page is light, the print density adjustment is too light or EconoMode might be turned on.
Adjust the print density, and disable EconoMode in the all-in-one Properties.
Toner specks appear. The media might not meet
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
HP specifications.
The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the paper path. See Cleaning the paper path, or see the HP ToolboxFX online Help.
Dropouts appear. A single sheet of print media might be
Try reprinting the job.
defective.
The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots on its surface.
Try different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser printers. See Media specifications.
The paper lot is flawed. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to reject toner.
Try different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser printers. See Media specifications.
The print cartridge might be defective. Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
If the error persists, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
Vertical streaks or bands appear on the page.
The print cartridge might be low or defective. If you are using a nonHP print cartridge, no messages appear on the all-in-one control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
The amount of background toner shading becomes unacceptable.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use a different paper with a lighter basis weight. See Media specifications.
The single-sheet priority input tray might be installed incorrectly.
Make sure that the single-sheet priority input tray is in place.
The print-density setting is too high. Decrease the print-density setting
through HP ToolboxFX or the embedded Web server. This decreases the amount of background shading.
Very dry (low humidity) conditions can increase the amount of background shading.
Check the all-in-one environment.
The print cartridge might be low. If you are using a non-HP print cartridge, no messages appear on the all-in-one control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
Toner smears appear on the media.
|| |---|
If toner smears appear on the leading edge of the paper, the media guides are dirty, or debris has accumulated in the print path.
Clean the media guides and the paper path. See Cleaning the paper path.
The print cartridge might be low. If you are using a non-HP print cartridge, no messages appear on the all-in-one control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
The fuser temperature might be too low. In the printer driver, make sure the
appropriate media type is selected. The toner smears easily when touched. The all-in-one is not set to print on the
In the printer driver, select the Paper tab and set Type is to match the type of media on which you are printing. Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper.
type of media on which you want to print.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the all-in-one. See Cleaning the all-in-one.
The power source might be defective. Plug the all-in-one directly into an AC
outlet instead of into a power strip.
The print cartridge might be low. If you are using a non-HP print cartridge, no messages appear on the all-in-one control panel or in the HP ToolboxFX.
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
Marks repeatedly appear at even intervals on the page.
The all-in-one is not set to print on the type of media on which you want to print.
In the printer driver, make sure that the appropriate media type is selected. Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper.
Internal parts might have toner on them. The problem typically corrects itself after a few more pages.
The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the all-in-one. See Cleaning the all-in-one.
The print cartridge might be damaged. If a repetitive mark occurs at the same
spot on the page, install a new HP print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
The printed page contains misformed characters.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser printers. See Media specifications.
If characters are incorrectly formed so that they produce a wavy effect, the laser scanner might need service.
Verify that the problem also occurs on the Configuration page. If so, contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
The printed page is curled or wavy. The all-in-one is not set to print on the
In the printer driver, make sure the appropriate media type is selected.
type of media on which you want to print.
If the problem persists, select a media type that uses a lower fuser temperature, such as transparencies or light media.
The media might have been in the input tray too long.
Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the media 180° in the input tray.
The paper path is curling the media. Open the rear output door to print to
the straight-through output path.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser printers. See Media specifications.
Both high temperature and humidity can cause paper curl.
Check the all-in-one environment.
Text or graphics are skewed on the printed page.
The media might be loaded incorrectly or the input tray might be too full.
Verify that the media is loaded correctly and that the media guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack. See Loading media into the input trays.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser printers. See Media specifications.
The printed page contains wrinkles or creases.
The media might be loaded incorrectly or the input tray might be too full.
Turn over the stack of paper in the input tray, or try rotating the paper 180° in the input tray.
Verify that the media is loaded correctly and that the media guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack. See Loading media into the input trays.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser printers. See Media specifications.
The paper path is curling the media. Open the rear output door to print to
the straight-through output path.
Air pockets inside envelopes can cause them to wrinkle.
Remove the envelope, flatten it, and try printing again.
Toner appears around the printed characters.
The media might be loaded incorrectly. Turn over the stack of paper in the tray. If large amounts of toner have scattered around the characters, the paper might have high resistivity.
Use a different paper, such as highquality paper that is intended for laser printers. See Media specifications.

An image that appears at the top of the page (in solid black) repeats farther down the page (in a gray field).
Software settings might affect image printing.
In your software program, change the tone (darkness) of the field in which the repeated image appears.
In your software program, rotate the whole page 180° to print the lighter image first.
The order of images printed might affect printing.
Change the order in which the images are printed. For example, have the lighter image at the top of the page, and the darker image farther down the page.
A power surge might have affected the all-in-one.
If the defect occurs later in a print job, turn the all-in-one off for 10 minutes, and then turn on the all-in-one to restart the print job.
########### Media-handling problems
Use the information in this section when the all-in-one experiences media-handling problems.
################ Print-media guidelines
CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines could cause jams or damage to the all-in-one.
################ Solving print-media problems
The following problems with media cause print-quality deviations, jamming, or even damage to the all-in-one.
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Poor print quality or toner adhesion The paper is too moist, too rough, too
Try another kind of paper, between 100 and 250 Sheffield, with 4 to 6% moisture content.
heavy or too smooth, or it is embossed or from a faulty paper lot.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl The paper has been stored incorrectly. Store paper flat in its moisture-proof
wrapping.
The paper has variability from one side to the other.
Turn the paper over.
Excessive curl The paper is too moist, has the wrong
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
grain direction, or is of short-grain construction
The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over. Jamming, damage to all-in-one The paper has cutouts or perforations. Use paper that is free of cutouts or
perforations. Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges. Use high-quality paper that is made for
laser printers. The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over. The paper is too moist, too rough, too heavy or too smooth, has the wrong grain direction, or is of short-grain
Try another kind of paper, between 100 and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture content.
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
construction or it is embossed or from a faulty paper lot.
Print is skewed (crooked). The media guides might be incorrectly
Remove all media from the input tray, straighten the stack, and then load the media in the input tray again. Adjust the media guides to the width and length of the media that you are using and try printing again.
adjusted.
More than one sheet feeds at one time. The media tray might be overloaded. Remove some of the media from the
tray. See Loading media into the input trays.
The media might be wrinkled, folded, or damaged.
Verify that the media is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. Try printing on media from a new or different package.
to print the job.
The all-in-one does not pull media from the media input tray.
The all-in-one might be in manual feed mode.
The pickup roller might be dirty or damaged.
Contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
The paper-length adjustment control in tray 2 or optional tray 3 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only) is set at a length that is greater than the media size.
Adjust the paper-length adjustment control to the correct length.
########### Performance problems
Try the tips in this section if pages exit the all-in-one, but have nothing printed on them, or when the all-in-one does not print any pages.
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Pages print but are totally blank. The sealing tape might still be in the
Verify that the sealing tape has been completely removed from the print cartridge.
print cartridge.
The document might contain blank pages.
Check the document that you are printing to see if content appears on all of the pages.
The all-in-one might be malfunctioning. To check the all-in-one, print a
Configuration page. See Configuration page.
Certain media types can slow the print job.
Print on a different type of media.
Pages did not print. The all-in-one might not be pulling media correctly.
See Media-handling problems.
The media is jamming in the all-in-one. Clear the jam. See Clearing jams. The USB cable might be defective or incorrectly connected.
Other devices are running on your computer.
The all-in-one might not share a USB port. If you have an external hard drive or network switchbox that is connected to the same port as the all-in-one, the other device might be interfering. To connect and use the all-in-one, you must disconnect the other device or you must use two USB ports on the computer.
#### Fax problems
########### Problems receiving faxes
Use the table in this section to solve problems that might occur when receiving faxes.
| | |---|
NOTE You must use the fax cord that came with the all-in-one in order to ensure that the allin-one functions correctly.
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
The all-in-one cannot receive faxes from an extension telephone.
The extension-telephone setting might be disabled.
See Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes for instructions about changing this setting.
The fax cord might not be securely connected.
Verify that the fax cord is securely connected between the telephone jack and the all-in-one (or another device that is connected to the all-in-one). Press 1-2-3 in sequence (tone-dial mode only), wait for three seconds, and then hang up.
The all-in-one dialing mode might be incorrectly set, or the extension phone might be incorrectly set.
Verify that the all-in-one dialing mode is set to Tone. See Selecting tonedialing or pulse-dialing mode. Verify that the extension phone is set up for tone dialing as well.
Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the all-in-one.
The answer mode might be set to Manual.
If the answer mode is set to Manual, the all-in-one does not answer calls. You have to start the fax-receiving process manually. See Setting the answer mode for more information.
The rings-to-answer setting might not be set correctly.
Check the rings-to-answer setting for your configuration. See Changing the rings-to-answer setting to determine
which setting you need.
The answer-ring pattern feature might be turned on, but you do not have the service, or you do have the service and the feature is not set correctly.
Check the answer-ring pattern feature to verify that it is set properly. See Changing ring patterns (distinctive ring).
The fax cord might not be correctly connected, or the fax cord is not working.
See the Getting Started Guide to check the installation. Verify that you are using the fax cord that came with the all-in-one.
The all-in-one might not be able to detect incoming fax tones because the answering machine is playing a voice message.
Re-record your answering machine message, leaving at least two seconds of silence at the beginning of the message.
Too many devices might be connected to the telephone line.
You should not have more than three devices attached to the line. Try removing the last device that was connected and determine whether the all-in-one works. If not, continue removing devices one at a time and retry after removing each one.
The telephone line might not be working. Do one of the following:
Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the all-in-one.
A voice-messaging service might be interfering with the all-in-one as it attempts to answer calls.
Do one of the following:
The all-in-one might be out of paper and the memory is full.
Refill the media input tray. Press . The all-in-one prints all of the faxes it has saved in memory and then resumes answering fax calls.
Faxes are not printing. The media input tray is empty. Load media. Any faxes that are
received while the input tray is empty are stored in memory and will print after the tray has been refilled.
The receive-to-PC option might be selected, and faxes are being received by the computer.
Check to determine whether the computer is receiving faxes. See Sending and receiving faxes by using a computer.
Faxes are printing on two pages instead of one.
The autoreduction setting might not be set correctly.
Turn on the autoreduction setting. See Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes.
The incoming faxes might have been sent on larger media.
Adjust the autoreduction setting to allow larger pages to be printed on one page. See Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes.
Received faxes are too light or are printing only on half of the page.
The all-in-one ran out of toner while printing a fax.
The all-in-one stores the most recently printed faxes. (The amount of memory
that is available determines the actual number of faxes stored for reprinting.) As soon as possible, replace the print cartridge, and then reprint the fax. See Reprinting a fax.
The fax that was sent was too light. Contact the sender and have the sender resend the fax after altering the settings.
########### Problems sending faxes
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
The document stops feeding in the middle of faxing.
The maximum length of a page that you can load is 381 mm (15 inches). Faxing of a longer page stops at 381 mm (15 inches).
Print the document on shorter media. If no jam exists and less than one minute has elapsed, wait a moment before pressing Cancel. If a jam exists, see Clearing jams. Then, resend the job.
If the item is too small, it can jam inside the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Use the flatbed scanner. The minimum page size for the ADF is 127 x 127 mm (5 x 5 inches).
If a jam exists, see Clearing jams. Then, resend the job.
Faxes stop during sending. The fax machine to which you are
Try sending to another fax machine.
sending might be malfunctioning.
Your telephone line might not be working.
Do one of the following:
A communication error might be interrupting the fax job.
Change the redial-on-communicationerror setting to On (see the information about changing the redial-oncommunication-error option under Changing the redial settings).
The all-in-one is receiving faxes but is not sending them.
If your all-in-one is on a PBX system, the PBX system might be generating a dial tone that the all-in-one cannot detect.
Disable the detect-dial-tone setting. See Changing the detect-dial-tone setting.
A poor telephone connection might exist.
Try again later.
The fax machine to which you are sending might be malfunctioning.
Try sending to another fax machine.
Your telephone line might not be working.
Do one of the following:
Outgoing fax calls continue to be dialed. The all-in-one automatically redials a
To stop the redials while the all-in-one is dialing, press Cancel. To cancel a pending fax job, see Changing the default light/dark (contrast) setting. See Changing the redial settings to change the redial setting.
fax number if the redial options are set to On.
Faxes that you send are not arriving at the receiving fax machine.
The receiving fax machine might be off or might have an error condition, such as being out of paper.
Call the recipient to verify that the fax machine is on and ready to receive faxes.
The originals might be incorrectly loaded.
Verify that the original documents are correctly loaded into the ADF input tray or flatbed scanner. See Loading media into the input trays
A fax might be in memory because it is waiting to redial a busy number, other jobs that are ahead of it are waiting to be sent, or the fax is set up for a delayed send.
If a fax job is in memory for any of these reasons, an entry for the job appears in the fax log. Print the fax activity log (see Printing the fax activity log) and check the Status column for jobs that show a Pending designation.
Faxes you send include a block of gray shading at the end of each page.
You might be sending a fax from the flatbed scanner with the glass-fax size set incorrectly.
Verify that the setting is correct. See Changing the default glass-size setting.
Faxes you send have data missing from the end of each page.
You might be sending a fax from the flatbed scanner with the glass-fax size set incorrectly.
Verify that the setting is correct. See Changing the default glass-size setting.
Try one of the following:
You receive a Low Memory error. You might be sending a fax that is too large, or the resolution might be too high.
########### Voice-call problems
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
The fax cord might not be correctly connected.
Voice calls are not being received by the telephone or answering machine that is connected to the line.
See the Getting Started Guide to check the installation. The all-in-one must be the first device connected to the telephone line.
The answer mode or rings-to-answer settings might not be correctly set.
See Setting the answer mode or Changing the rings-to-answer setting to determine which settings you need. The rings-to-answer must be set higher than the answering machine setting.
The answering machine or telephone might not be functioning.
Connect the telephone or answering machine directly to the telephone line and determine if it works by itself.
########### Media-handling problems
| | |---|
NOTE For information about removing jams, see Clearing jams.
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Print is skewed. The media input tray might be
Remove some of the media from the input tray.
overloaded.
The media guides might be incorrectly set, broken, or missing.
Verify that the guides are not adjusted too tightly or too loosely against the paper. Check for broken or missing guides, and replace them if necessary.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
Pages are curled or wrinkled. The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
The paper path might be affecting the pages.
Open the rear output door on the back of the all-in-one and use this paper path.
The media is not stored properly. When possible, store media in its
sealed ream at room temperature.
The media has been in the input tray too long.
Turn over the stack of media in the tray or rotate the media 180° in the paper tray.
########### Performance problems
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly.
The fax might be very complex, such as one with many graphics.
Complex faxes take longer to be sent or received. Breaking longer faxes into multiple jobs and decreasing the resolution can increase the transmission speed.
The receiving fax machine might have a slow modem speed.
The all-in-one only sends the fax at the fastest modem speed that the receiving fax machine can accept.
The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being received might be very high.
If you are receiving the fax, call and ask the sender to lower the resolution and resend the fax. If you are sending the fax, lower the resolution and resend the fax. See Changing resolution settings to change the default setting.
Your telephone line might not be working.
Hang up and resend the fax. Have the telephone company check the telephone line.
You are sending a fax via an international call.
You must allow more time to transmit fax jobs internationally.
The fax activity logs or fax call reports are printing at inappropriate times.
The fax activity log or fax call reports settings are not correct.
Print a Configuration page and check when the reports print. For instructions about setting log or report printing times, see Printing the fax activity log or Setting print times for the fax call report.
The all-in-one sounds are too loud or too soft.
The volume setting might not be adjusted correctly.
See Using the all-in-one volume controls.
#### Copy problems
########### Preventing problems
The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy quality:
| | |---|
NOTE Verify that the media meets HP specifications. If the media meets HP specifications, recurring feed problems indicate the pickup roller or separation pad is worn. Contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
########### Image problems
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Images are missing or faded. The print-cartridge toner-level might be
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
low.
The original might be of poor quality. If your original is too light or damaged,
the copy might not be able to compensate, even if you adjust the contrast. If possible, find an original document in better condition.
The original might have a colored background.
Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the background, or the background might appear in a different shade. If possible, use an original document without a colored background.
Vertical white or faded stripes appear on the copy.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
The print-cartridge toner-level might be low.
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
Verify that the tray is in place.
Unwanted lines appear on the copy. Tray 1 (HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055 all-in-one) or tray 2 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one) might not be installed correctly.
The flatbed scanner or the ADF glass might be dirty.
Clean the flatbed scanner or the ADF glass. See To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one).
The photosensitive drum inside the print cartridge might have been scratched.
Install a new HP print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
Black dots or streaks appear on the copy.
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the automatic document feeder (ADF) or flatbed scanner.
Clean the all-in-one. See Cleaning the all-in-one.
Copies are too light or dark. The printer driver or all-in-one software
Verify that the quality settings are correct. See Adjusting the copy quality.
settings may be incorrect.
See the all-in-one software Help for more information about changing the settings.
Text is unclear. The printer driver or all-in-one software settings may be incorrect.
Verify that the quality settings are correct. See Adjusting the copy quality.
See the all-in-one software Help for more information about changing the settings.
########### Media-handling problems
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Poor print quality or toner adhesion The paper is too moist, too rough, too
Try another kind of paper, between 100 and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture content.
heavy or too smooth, or it is embossed or from a faulty paper lot.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl The paper has been stored incorrectly. Store paper flat in its moisture-proof
wrapping.
The paper has variability from one side to the other.
Turn the paper over.
Excessive curl The paper is too moist, has the wrong
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
grain direction, or is of short-grain construction
The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over. Jamming, damage to all-in-one The paper has cutouts or perforations. Use paper that is free of cutouts or
perforations. Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges. Use high-quality paper that is made for
laser printers. The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over.
The paper is too moist, too rough, too heavy or too smooth, has the wrong grain direction, or is of short-grain construction or it is embossed or from a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100 and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture content.
Open the rear output bin, or use longgrain paper.
Print is skewed (crooked). The media guides might be incorrectly
Remove all media from the input tray, straighten the stack, and then load the media in the input tray again. Adjust the media guides to the width and length of the media that you are using and try printing again.
adjusted.
More than one sheet feeds at one time. The media tray might be overloaded. Remove some of the media from the
tray. See Loading media into the input trays.
The media might be wrinkled, folded, or damaged.
Verify that the media is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. Try printing on media from a new or different package.
to print the job.
The all-in-one does not pull media from the media input tray.
The all-in-one might be in manual feed mode.
The pickup roller might be dirty or damaged.
Contact HP Customer Care. See HP Customer Care or the support flyer that came in the all-in-one box.
The paper-length adjustment control in tray 2 or optional tray 3 (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one only) is set at a length that is greater than the media size.
Adjust the paper-length adjustment control to the correct length.
########### Performance problems
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
No copy came out. The input tray might be empty. Load media in the all-in-one. See Loading media into the input trays for more information.
The original might have been loaded incorrectly.
In the automatic document feeder (ADF), load the original with the narrow side forward and the side to be scanned facing up.
On the flatbed scanner, place the original document face-down with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass.
Copies are blank. The sealing tape might not have been
Remove the print cartridge from the allin-one, pull out the sealing tape, and reinstall the print cartridge.
removed from the print cartridge.
The original might have been loaded incorrectly.
In the ADF, load the original with the narrow side forward and the side to be scanned facing up.
On the flatbed scanner, make sure that the original document is placed facedown with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass.
The media might not meet HP specifications.
Use media that meets HP specifications. See Media specifications.
The print-cartridge toner-level might be low.
Replace the print cartridge. See Changing the print cartridge.
The wrong original was copied. The ADF might be loaded. Make sure that the ADF is empty. Copies are reduced in size. The all-in-one software settings might
See the HP ToolboxFX Help for more information about changing the settings.
be set to reduce the scanned image.
#### Scan problems
########### Solving scanned-image problems
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
The scanned image is of poor quality. The original might be a second-
generation photo or picture.
The image that appears on the screen might not be an accurate representation of the quality of the scan.
The original might have been loaded incorrectly.
Use the media guides when you load the originals into the ADF. See Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan.
The scanner might be dirty. Clean the scanner. See To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
The graphics settings might not be suitable for the type of scan job that you are performing.
Try changing the graphics settings. See Scanner resolution and color.
Part of the image did not scan. The original might have been loaded incorrectly.
Use the media guides when you load the originals into the ADF. See Loading documents to fax, copy, or scan.
A colored background might be causing images in the foreground to blend into the background.
Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original or enhancing the image after you scan the original. See Scanner resolution and color.
The original is longer than 381 mm (15 inches).
The maximum scannable length is 381 mm (15 inches) when you use the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray. If the page exceeds the maximum length, the scanner stops. (Copies can be longer.)
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
CAUTION Do not try to pull the original from the ADF; you might damage the scanner or your original. See Jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
The original is too small. The minimum size that the flatbed
scanner supports is 25 x 25 mm (1 x 1 inch). The minimum size that the ADF supports is 127 x 127 mm (5 x 5 inches). The original might be jammed. See Jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
The media size is incorrect. In Scan settings, make sure that the
input media size is large enough for the document that you are scanning. See Scanner resolution and color.
Change the resolution and color level settings to the correct settings for your job. See Scanner resolution and color.
The scan takes too long The resolution or color level is set too high.
The software is set to scan in color. The system default is color, which
takes longer to scan even when scanning a monochrome original. If you acquire an image through TWAIN or WIA, you can change the settings so that the original scans in grayscale or black-and-white. See the all-in-one software Help for details.
A print job or copy job was sent before you tried to scan.
If someone sent a print job or copy job before you tried to scan, the scan will start if the scanner is not busy. However, because the all-in-one and scanner share memory, the scan might be slower.
Scan-quality problems Preventing problems The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy and scan quality.
########################################### Problem Cause Solution
Blank pages The original might have been loaded
In the automatic document feeder (ADF), put the top end of the stack of originals into the ADF input tray, with the media stack face-up and the first page to be scanned on top of the stack.
upside down.
On the flatbed scanner, place the original document face-down with the upper-left corner of the document at the lower-right corner of the glass.
Too light or dark The resolution and color levels may be
Verify that you have the correct resolution and color settings. See Scanner resolution and color.
set incorrectly.
Unwanted lines Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
Clean the flatbed scanner surface. See To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one).
unwanted substance might be on the glass.
The ADF glass might be dirty. Clean the ADF glass. See To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one).
Black dots or streaks Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
Clean the flatbed scanner surface. See To clean the scanner glass (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 allin-one).
unwanted substance might be on the glass.
Unclear text The resolution and color levels may be set incorrectly.
Verify that you have the correct resolution and color settings. See Scanner resolution and color.
#### Network problems
Verifying that the all-in-one is on and online To verify that the all-in-one is on and online Check the following items to make sure the all-in-one is ready to print.
Make sure that the all-in-one is plugged in and turned on. If the problem persists, you might have a defective power cable, power source, or all-in-one.
● See your all-in-one documentation for a complete list of control panel messages and corrective actions.
########### Resolving communication problems with the network
########################## To resolve communication problems with the network
Check the following items to verify that the all-in-one is communicating with the network. This information assumes you have already printed a Network configuration page (see Configuration page).
Verify that the network cabling, connections, and router configurations are correct. Verify that the network cable lengths meet network specifications.
Make sure that the all-in-one is attached to the network using the appropriate port and cable. Check each cable connection to make sure it is secure and in the right place. If the problem continues, try a different cable or ports on the hub or transceiver. The amber activity light and the green link status light next to the port connection on the back of the all-in-one should be lit.
Make sure they are compatible and that they are installed correctly with the correct printer drivers.
The problem may be workstation-specific. Check the workstation network drivers, printer drivers, and redirection (capture in Novell NetWare).
ENWW Network problems 355
#### Control-panel display problems
CAUTION Static electricity can cause unexpected black lines or dots to appear on the all-inone control-panel display. Do not touch the all-in-one control-panel display if there is a chance that you have collected a static electric charge (for example, by walking on carpet in a lowhumidity environment).
Unexpected lines or dots might appear on the all-in-one control-panel display, or the display might become blank if the all-in-one is exposed to an electric or magnetic field. To resolve this problem, perform the following procedure:
#### Stapler problems (HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one)
The convenience stapler is designed to be free of staple jams. To reduce the risk of staple jams, make sure that you staple 20 or fewer pages of media (80 g/m2 or 20 lb) at a time.
#### Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors
The following situations are PS language specific and may occur when several all-in-one languages are being used.
| | |---|
NOTE To receive a printed or screen displayed message when PS errors occur, open the Print Options dialog box and click the selection next to the PS Errors section. You can also use the embedded Web server.
####################################### Table 13-3 PS errors
########################################### Symptom Possible cause Solution
The job prints in Courier (the all-inone's default typeface) instead of the typeface you requested.
The requested typeface is not downloaded. A personality switch may have been performed to print a PCL job just before the PS printing job was received.
Download the desired font and send the print job again. Verify the type and location of the font. Download to the allin-one if applicable. Check with the software documentation.
A legal page prints with clipped margins. Print job too complex. You may need to print your job at
600 dots per inch, reduce the complexity of the page, or install more memory.
A PS error page prints. Print job may not be PS. Make sure the print job is a PS job.
Check to see whether the software program expected a setup or PS header file to be sent to the all-in-one.
Limit Check Error Print job is too complex. You may need to print your job at
600 dots per inch, reduce the complexity of the page, or install more memory.
VM Error Font Error Select unlimited downloadable fonts
from printer driver. Range Check Font Error Select unlimited downloadable fonts from printer driver.
ENWW Troubleshooting PostScript (PS) errors 357
#### Troubleshooting common Macintosh problems
########### Problems with Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
Table 13-4 Problems with Mac OS X V10.3 and Mac OS X V10.4
#### Troubleshooting tools
The section describes the tools that can help you solve problems with your all-in-one.
########### All-in-one pages and reports
This section describes the pages and reports that help you diagnose and solve problems with the allin-one.
Demo page To print the Demo page, complete the following steps.
################ Configuration page
The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the all-in-one. You can print a Configuration page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print the Configuration page from the allin-one, complete the following steps.
The Supplies Status page lists the remaining life of the HP print cartridge. It also lists the estimated pages remaining, number of pages printed, and other supplies information. You can print a Supplies Status page from the all-in-one or HP ToolboxFX. To print from the all-in-one, complete the following steps.
For more information about the Supplies Status page, see Supplies Status page (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one).
########### Fax reports
This section describes the fax reports that help you diagnose and solve problems with the all-in-one.
| | |---|
NOTE For more information about fax reports, see Fax logs and reports.
################ Fax activity log
The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received, sent, or deleted, and any errors that occurred.
########################## To print the fax activity log
Fax call report A fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received. To print a fax call report
################ Phone book report
A phone book report lists the fax numbers that are assigned to the one-touch buttons and speed-dial and group-dial entries.
########################## To print a phone book report
################ Billing-code report
The billing-code report is a printed list of all of the fax billing codes and the total number of faxes that have been billed to each code.
| | |---|
NOTE After this report is printed, all billing data is deleted.
########################## To print a billing-code report
menu settings and prints the report.
HP ToolboxFX HP ToolboxFX is a Web-based program that you can use for troubleshooting tasks. To view HP ToolboxFX Open HP ToolboxFX in one of these ways:
Troubleshooting tab HP ToolboxFX includes a Troubleshooting tab that contains links to the following main pages:
| | |---|
NOTE Other tabs on HP ToolboxFX might be helpful in troubleshooting all-in-one problems. For information about the other tabs on HP ToolboxFX, see HP ToolboxFX.
Service menu Use the control-panel Service menu to troubleshoot all-in-one problems. Restoring the factory-set defaults
Restoring the factory-set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults, and it also clears the fax header name and phone number.
CAUTION This procedure clears fax numbers and names that are associated with one-touch keys and speed-dial codes, and deletes any pages that are stored in the memory. The procedure then automatically restarts the all-in-one.
########################## To restore the factory-set defaults
The all-in-one automatically restarts.
Cleaning the paper path The all-in-one features a special cleaning mode to clean the paper path.
| | |---|
NOTE If you have access to HP ToolboxFX, HP recommends cleaning the paper path by using HP ToolboxFX. See Cleaning the paper path.
########################## To clean the paper path
T.30 protocol trace Use a T.30 protocol trace report to troubleshoot fax transmission issues. To print a T.30 protocol trace report
Send a fax from the all-in-one or receive a fax to the all-in-one from another fax machine, and then print a T.30 trace report after the fax prints.
Archive print produces output that is less susceptible to toner smearing and dusting. Use archive print to create documents that you want to preserve or archive.
########################## To turn on archive print
A Accessories and ordering information
The following list of accessories was current at the time of printing. Ordering information and availability of the accessories might change during the life of the all-in-one. For the most current ordering information, visit the most appropriate of the following Web sites:
ENWW 365
#### Supplies
########################################### Product name Description Part number
Black print cartridge Average yield for the standard print
Q2612A (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one and HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
cartridge is approximately 2000 pages (HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one and HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one) and 2500 pages (HP LaserJet 3390 all-inone and HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one). Actual yield depends on use.
Q5949A and Q5949X (HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one and HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one)
Staple cassette (2 pack) 1500–staple capacity each Q7432A
#### Memory (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
########################################### Product name Description Part number
Memory upgrades (DIMMs) The standard 64 MB of memory in the
Q7707AX
all-in-one can be expanded to up to 192 MB using the additional DIMM slot.
32 MB
Memory upgrades (DIMMs) 64 MB Q7708AX Memory upgrades (DIMMs) 128 MB Q7709AX Font DIMM (100-pin) You can install an 8-MB language font
Visit http://www.hp.com for DIMM availability and ordering.
ROM in the DIMM slot.
#### Cable and interface accessories
########################################### Product name Description Part number
USB cable 2-meter standard USB-compatible
C6518A
device connector
Fax cord Two-wire phone cord adapter. 8121–0811
#### Paper-handling accessories (HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one)
########################################### Product name Description Part number
Optional tray 3 250-sheet input tray for standard sizes.
Q7556A
Only one 250-sheet tray can be installed.
Staple cassette (2 pack) 1500–staple capacity each Q7432A
#### User-replaceable parts
########################################### Product name Description Part number
Separation pad and pickup rollers Replace when the all-in-one is picking
Contact HP Customer Care to order parts.
up multiple sheets or no sheets. Trying different paper did not resolve the problem.
Automatic document feeder (ADF) (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Replace when the ADF is damaged or not working correctly.
Contact HP Customer Care to order parts.
#### Paper and other print media
| | |---|
NOTE Inkjet paper is not recommended for the all-in-one.
########################################### Product name Description Part number
HP LaserJet paper Premium HP-brand paper for use with
HPJ1124 (letter)
HP LaserJet printers.
HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper HP bond paper with a weight of 120.32
HPU1132 (letter)
g/m2 (32 lb.)
HP Cover paper HP-brand paper with a weight of 200 g/
Q2413A (letter) 100 sheets
m2 (75-lb cover). Use for printing postcards and document covers.
HP Printing paper HP-brand paper for use with
HPP1122 (letter)
HP LaserJet printers.
HP Multipurpose paper HP-brand paper for a variety of uses. HPM1120 (letter) HP LaserJet Tough paper Robust paper with a satin finish. Paper
Q1298A (letter)
will not tear and will withstand the weather. For documents requiring durability and longevity.
HP High Gloss laser paper High-gloss finish coating on both sides.
Q2419A (letter) 200 sheets
Use for brochures, catalogs, photographs, and whenever a highgloss finish is desired.
HP Soft Gloss laser paper Satin finish coating on both sides. 105
Q2415A (letter) 500 sheets
g/m2 (28 lb)
HP Brochure Laser Paper, Matte High opacity for two-sided printing with
Q6543A (letter) 150 sheets
no show-through, 44 lb.
HP Photo and Imaging Laser Paper, Glossy
High-contrast glossy finish, 32 lb. Q6545A (letter) 200 sheets
HP Photo and Imaging Laser Paper, Matte
High-contrast matte finish, 52 lb. Q6549A (letter) 100 sheets
HP Presentation Laser Paper, Soft Gloss
Bright white for high contrast, 32 lb. Q6541A (letter) 200 sheets
ENWW User-replaceable parts 367
#### Supplementary documentation
A printed copy of this user guide is available in the following languages.
Language Part number
English Q6500–90929 Chinese, simplified Q6500–90939 Czech Q6500–90930 Dutch Q6500–90931 French Q6500–90932 German Q6500–90933 Hungarian Q6500–90934 Italian Q6500–90935 Korean Q6500–90936 Polish Q6500–90937 Portuguese Q6500–90945 Russian Q6500–90938 Spanish, Castilian Q6500–90940 Swedish Q6500–90941 Thai Q6500–90943 Traditional Chinese Q6500–90942 Turkish Q6500–90944
A printed copy of the Getting started guide is available in the following languages.
Language Part number (HP LaserJet
3050 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
Arabic Q6504–90904 Q6502–90905 Q6500–90905 Bulgarian Q6504–90906 Q6502–90907 Q6500–90907 Chinese, simplified Q6504–90907 Q6502–90908 Q6500–90908 Croation Q6504–90906 Q6502–90907 Q6500–90907 Czech Q6504–90905 Q6502–90906 Q6500–90906 Danish Q6504–90903 Q6502–90904 Q6500–90904 Dutch Q6504–90902 Q6502–90903 Q6500–90903
Table A-2 Getting started guide (continued)
Language Part number (HP LaserJet
3050 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one)
Part number (HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one)
English Q6504–90902, Q6504–
Q6502–90903, Q6502– 90904, Q6502–90905, Q6502–90906, Q6502– 90907, Q6502–90908
Q6500–90903, Q6500– 90904, Q6500–90905, Q6500–90906, Q6500– 90907, Q6500–90908,
90903, Q6504–90904, Q6504–90905, Q6504– 90906, Q6504–90907
English only Q6504–90901 Q6502–90902 Q6500–90902 Estonian Q6504–90904 Q6502–90905 Q6500–90905 Finnish Q6504–90903 Q6502–90904 Q6500–90904 French Q6504–90902 Q6502–90903 Q6500–90903 German Q6504–90902 Q6502–90903 Q6500–90903 Greek Q6504–90903 Q6502–90904 Q6500–90904 Hebrew Q6504–90903 Q6502–90904 Q6500–90904 Hungarian Q6504–90905 Q6502–90906 Q6500–90906 Italian Q6504–90902 Q6502–90903 Q6500–90903 Kazakh Q6504–90904 Q6502–90905 Q6500–90905 Korean Q6504–90907 Q6502–90908 Q6500–90908 Latvian Q6504–90904 Q6502–90905 Q6500–90905 Lithuanian Q6504–90904 Q6502–90905 Q6500–90905 Norwegian Q6504–90903 Q6502–90904 Q6500–90904 Polish Q6504–90905 Q6502–90906 Q6500–90906 Portuguese Q6504–90902 Q6502–90903 Q6500–90903 Romanian Q6504–90906 Q6502–90907 Q6500–90907 Russian Q6504–90904 Q6502–90905 Q6500–90905 Slovak Q6504–90905 Q6502–90906 Q6500–90906 Slovenian Q6504–90906 Q6502–90907 Q6500–90907 Spanish Q6504–90902 Q6502–90903 Q6500–90903 Swedish Q6504–90903 Q6502–90904 Q6500–90904 Thai Q6504–90907 Q6502–90908 Q6500–90908 Traditional Chinese Q6504–90907 Q6502–90908 Q6500–90908 Turkish Q6504–90906 Q6502–90907 Q6500–90907
ENWW Supplementary documentation 369
B Service and support
ENWW 371
#### Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one One year limited warranty
HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to be defective. Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new.
HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase, for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.
HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is unable, within a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.
HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use.
Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration, (b) software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized modification or misuse, (d) operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product, or (e) improper site preparation or maintenance.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country/region to country/region, state to state, or province to province. HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product. The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.
Print Cartridge Limited Warranty Statement This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured, or tampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product, or (c) exhibit wear from ordinary use. To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description of the problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP’s option, HP will either replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANT Y IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.
ENWW Print Cartridge Limited Warranty Statement 373
#### Availability of support and service
Around the world, HP provides a variety of service and support options for purchase. Availability of these programs will vary depending upon your location. For details, see the support flyer that is included in the box with your all-in-one.
#### HP Customer Care
########################## Online Services
For 24-hour access to updated HP all-in-one-specific software, product information, and support information using an Internet connection, go to the appropriate Web site.
HP Instant Support Professional Edition (ISPE) is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for desktop computing and printing products. Go to http://instantsupport.hp.com.
Telephone support
HP provides free telephone support during the warranty period. For the telephone number for your country/region, see the flyer that shipped with the all-in-one, or visit www.hp.com and click Contact HP. Before calling HP, have the following information ready: the product name and serial number, the date of purchase, and a description of the problem.
HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies
To order genuine HP parts or accessories, go to the HP Parts Store at www.hp.com/buy/parts (U.S. and Canada only), or call 1-800-538-8787 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3154 (Canada).
HP service information To locate HP-Authorized Dealers, call 1-800-243-9816 (U.S.) or 1-800-387-3867 (Canada). Outside the United States and Canada, call the customer support number for your country/region. See the flyer that shipped in the box with the all-in-one. HP service agreements
Call 1-800-835-4747 (U.S.) or 1-800-268-1221 (Canada). HP service information
HP's customer self-repair programs offer our North American customers the fastest service under either warranty or contract. It enables HP to ship replacement parts directly to you (the end user) so that you can replace them. Using this program, you can replace parts at your own convenience.
Customer self-repair The HP ToolboxFX To check the all-in-one status and settings and view troubleshooting information and online documentation, use the HP ToolboxFX. You must have performed a complete software installation in order to use the HP ToolboxFX. See Software installation. HP support and information for Macintosh computers Go to www.hp.com/go/macosx for Macintosh OS X support information and HP subscription service for driver updates. Go to www.hp.com/go/mac-connect for products that are designed specifically for the Macintosh user.
#### Hardware service
If your hardware fails during the warranty period, Hewlett-Packard offers the following support options:
#### Extended warranty
HP Care Pack provides coverage for the HP product and all HP-supplied internal components. The hardware maintenance covers a one to three-year period from the date of the HP product purchase. The customer may purchase an HP Care Pack up to one year from the date of purchase of the HP product. For more information, contact the HP Customer Care Service and Support group. See HP Customer Care.
HP Care Pack options might be available after the standard warranty period has expired. Go to http://www.hpexpress-services.com/10467a/ and enter the product number to identify the HP Care Pack options that are available for your product.
ENWW Hardware service 375
#### Guidelines for repacking the printer
Use the following guidelines when repacking the printer:
CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs. When handling DIMMs, wear a grounded, antistatic wrist strap.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge, store the print cartridge in its original packing material, or store it so that it is not exposed to light.
C All-in-one specifications
This section contains the following information about the all-in-one:
ENWW 377
#### Physical specifications
Table C-1 Physical specifications
########################################### Product Height Depth Width Weight
HP LaserJet 3050 allin-one
459 mm (18.07 inches) 443 mm (17.44 inches) 429 mm (16.89 inches) 10 kg (22 lb)
HP LaserJet 3052 allin-one
393 mm (15.47 inches) 406 mm (15.98 inches) 497 mm (19.56 inches) 12.4 kg (27.4 lb)
HP LaserJet 3055 allin-one
393 mm (15.47 inches) 406 mm (15.98 inches) 497 mm (19.56 inches) 12.4 kg (27.4 lb)
HP LaserJet 3390 allin-one
523 mm (20.6 inches) 518 mm (20.4 inches) 497 mm (19.6 inches) 17.8 kg (39.1 lb)
570 mm (22.4 inches) 518 mm (20.4 inches) 497 mm (19.6 inches) 21.8 kg (46.5 lb)
HP LaserJet 3392 allin-one with tray 3 (250sheet)
#### Electrical specifications
CAUTION Power requirements are based on the country/region where the all-in-one is sold. Do not convert operating voltages. This will damage the all-in-one and void the product warranty.
Table C-2 Electrical specifications
########################################### Item 110-volt models 220-volt models
Power requirements 110 to 127 V (+/- 10%)
220 to 240 V (+/- 10%) 50 / 60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz)
50 / 60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz)
Rated current 4.5 A 2.3 A
#### Power consumption
Table C-3 Power consumption (average, in watts)1
########################################### Product model Printing2 Copying2 Ready2 PowerSave Off
HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one
380 W 380 W 7 W 5 W 0 W
HP LaserJet 3052 all-in-one
380 W 380 W 14 W 9 W 0 W
HP LaserJet 3055 all-in-one
380 W 380 W 14 W 9 W 0 W
HP LaserJet 3390 all-in-one
351 W 339 W 15 W 13 W 0 W
HP LaserJet 3392 all-in-one
351 W 339 W 15 W 13 W 0 W
#### Environmental specifications
Table C-4 Environmental specifications
########################################### Recommended1 Operating1 Storage1
0° to 40° C (32° to 104° F) Relative humidity 20% to 70% 10% to 80% 95% or less
20° to 27° C (68° to 81° F)
15° to 32.5° C (59° to 90.5° F)
(all-in-one and print cartridge) Temperature
1 Values are subject to change. See the support Web sites listed in HP Customer Care for current information.
ENWW Power consumption 379
#### Acoustic emissions
Sound Power Level Declared per ISO 92961 Printing (18 ppm) LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)] Ready Essentially Inaudible Sound Pressure Level - Bystander Position Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (18 ppm) LpAm = 49 dB(A) Ready Essentially Inaudible
1 Acoustic values are subject to change. See www.hp.com/support/lj3050 for current information. 2 Configuration tested: HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one, A10, A4 3 HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one speed is 19 ppm letter-size and 18 ppm A4-size.
Sound Power Level Declared per ISO 92961 Printing (18 ppm) LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)] Ready Essentially Inaudible Sound Pressure Level - Bystander Position Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (18 ppm) LpAm = 50 dB(A) Ready Essentially Inaudible
Sound Power Level Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (22 ppm) LWAd = 6.3 Bels (A) [63 dB (A)] Ready LWAd = 5.6 Bels (A) [56 dB (A)] Sound Pressure Level - Bystander Position Declared per ISO 92961
Printing (22 ppm) LpAm = 49 dB(A) Ready Essentially Inaudible
D Regulatory information
This section contains the following regulatory information:
ENWW 381
#### FCC compliance
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, it may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
| | |---|
NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules.
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, this information must be provided to the telephone company. The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line. Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all, areas, the sum of the RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area.
This equipment uses the following USOC jacks: RJ11C. An FCC-compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided coin service. Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs. If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, please see the numbers in the front of this manual for repair and (or) warranty information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved. The following repairs can be done by the customer: Replace any original equipment that came with the device. This includes the print cartridge, the supports for trays and bins, the power cord, and the telephone cord. It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this
device is connected. This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other electrical surges.
#### Environmental Product Stewardship program
########### Protecting the environment
Hewlett-Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.
########### Ozone production
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).
########### Power consumption
Power usage drops significantly while in PowerSave mode (HP LaserJet 3052/3055/3390/3392 all-inone), which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product.This product qualifies for ENERGY STAR®, which is a voluntary program established to encourage the development of energy-efficient office products.
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR® partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR® Guidelines for energy efficiency. For more information, see http://www.energystar.gov.
Toner consumption Economode uses significantly less toner, which might extend the life of the print cartridge. Paper use The all-in-one manual/automatic duplex features (two-sided printing) (see Print on both sides (Windows) for Windows and Printing on both sides (Macintosh) for Macintosh) and N-up printing capability (multiple pages printed on one sheet) (see Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper for Windows and Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper (Macintosh) for Macintosh) can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources. Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the all-in-one's life.
########### HP LaserJet printing supplies
It's easy to retrun and recycle your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges—free of charge—with HP Planet Partners. HP is committed to providing inventive, high-quality products and services that are environmentally sound, from product design and manufacturing to distribution, operation, and recycling processes. We ensure your returned HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled properly, processing them to recover valuable plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons of waste from landfills. Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials, it will not be returned to you. Your empty HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled responsibly when you participate in the HP Planet Partners program. Thank you for being environmentally responsible!
In many countries/regions, this product's printing supplies (for example, the print cartridge, drum) can be returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program. An easy-to-use and free takeback program is available in more than 35 countries/regions. Multi-lingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package.
########################## HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program Information
Since 1992, HP has offered HP LaserJet supplies return and recycling free of charge. In 2004, HP Planet Partners for LaserJet Supplies was available in 85% of the world market where HP LaserJet supplies are sold. Postage-paid and pre-addressed labels are included within the instruction guide in most HP LaserJet print cartridge boxes. Labels and bulk boxes are also available through the website: http://www.hp.com/go/recycle
Use the label to return empty, original HP LaserJet print cartridges only. Please do not use this label for non-HP cartridges, refilled or remanufactured cartridges, or warranty returns. Printing supplies or other objects inadvertently sent to the HP Planet Partners program cannot be returned.
More than 10 million HP LaserJet print cartridges were recycled globally in 2004 through the HP Planet Partners supplies recycling program. This record number represents 26 million pounds of print cartridge materials diverted from landfills. Worldwide, in 2004, HP recycled an average of 59% of the print cartridge by weight consisting primarily of plastic and metals. Plastics and metals are used to make new products such as HP products, plastic trays and spools. The remaining materials are disposed of in an environmentally responsible manner.
########################## U.S. returns
For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies, HP encourages the use of bulk returns. Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the single, pre-paid, preaddressed UPS label that is supplied in the package. For more information in the U.S., call (1) (800) (340-2445) or visit the HP website at http://www.hp.com/go/recycle.
########################## Non-U.S. returns
Non-U.S. customers should visit the http://www.hp.com/go/recycle Web site for further information regarding availability of the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program.
########################## Paper
This all-in-one is capable of using recycled papers, when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide, which you can.view on the Web at www.hp.com/ support/ljpaperguide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper according to
EN12281:2002. Material restrictions
This HP product contains mercury in the fluorescent lamp or scanner that may require special handling at end-of-life.
This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end of life.
Type: Lithium Carbon Monofluoride (solid button cell) Weight: approx. 1 gram Location: on formatter PC board (one battery per product) User Removable: No
########### Nederlands
Toepassing: De batterij wordt gebruikt als reserve-energiebron voor de tijdklok (die wordt gebruikt voor het faxgedeelte van het apparaat).
Locatie van de batterij: De batterij wordt bij de fabricage/distributie van het product op de formatter gesoldeerd.
Voorschriften:
| | |---|
########### Taiwan
For recycling information, you can contact http://www.hp.com/go/recycle or contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industry Alliance: http://www.eiae.org .
########### Disposal of waste equipment by users in private household in the European Union

This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.
########### Material safety data sheet
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) for supplies containing chemical substances (for example, toner) can be obtained by visiting the HP Website at: www.hp.com/go/msds or www.hp.com/hpinfo/ community/environment/productinfo/safety
########### For more information
Visit www.hp.com/go/environment or www.hp.com/hpinfo/community/environment/productinfo/safety for more information about the following environmental topics.
#### Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States)
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such message clearly contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.)
ENWW Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States) 387
#### IC CS-03 requirements
Notice: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document (s). The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction. Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations. Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment. Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) of this device is 0.7.
Notice: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five (5.0). The standard connecting arrangement code (telephone jack type) for equipment with direct connections to the telephone network is CA11A.
#### EU statement for telecom operation
This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication Networks (PSTN) of European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions. It meets requirements of EU R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries appropriate CE conformity marking. For more details, see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in another section of this manual. However, due to differences between individual national PSTNs, the product may not guarantee unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point. Network compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its connection to the PSTN. Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual. If you experience network compatibility issues, please contact your equipment supplier or Hewlett-Packard help desk in the country/region of operation. Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the subject of additional requirements set out by the local PSTN operator.
#### New Zealand telecom statements
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom’s network services.
This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to the same line.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service. This product has not been tested to ensure compatability with the FaxAbility distinctive ring service for New Zealand.
ENWW EU statement for telecom operation 389
#### Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3390, 3392, 3055, and 3050) Declaration of Conformity according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Manufacturer's Name: Hewlett-Packard Company Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard,
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product Product Names: HP LaserJet 3390, 3392, 3055, and 3050 Regulatory Model Number3) BOISB-0402-03, BOISB-0405-03, and BOISB-0405-04 Toner Cartridges5) Q5949A, Q5949X, and Q2612A Product Options: ALL conforms to the following Product Specifications: Safety: IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 \ A11
IEC 60825-1:1993 + A1 +A2 EN 60825-1:1994 + A1 + A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product) GB4943-2001
EMC: CISPR 22:1993+A1+A2 / EN 55022:1994+A1+A2 - Class B1) EN 61000-3-2:2000 EN 61000-3-3:1995+A1 EN 55024:1998+A1+A2 FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B2) / ICES-003, Issue 4 GB9254-1998, GB17625.1-1998
TELECOM TBR-21:1998; EG 201 121:1998; FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 684) Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II), and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.
Boise, Idaho 83713, USA
########################################### August 1, 2005
For regulatory topics only: Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130,
Australia
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE / Standards Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, Böblingen, D-71034, Germany, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho 83707-0015, USA, (Phone: 208-396-6000)
#### Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3052)
Declaration of Conformity according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Manufacturer's Name: Hewlett-Packard Company Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard,
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product Product Names: HP LaserJet 3052 Regulatory Model Number3) BOISB-0405-02 Toner Cartridges Q2612A Product Options: ALL conforms to the following Product Specifications: Safety: IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 \ A11
IEC 60825-1:1993 + A1 +A2 EN 60825-1:1994 + A1 + A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product) GB4943-2001
EMC: CISPR 22:1993+A1+A2 / EN 55022:1994+A1+A2 - Class B1) EN 61000-3-2:2000 EN 61000-3-3:1995+A1 EN 55024:1998+A1+A2 FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B2) / ICES-003, Issue 4 GB9254-1998, GB17625.1-1998
########################################### Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.
Boise, Idaho 83713, USA
########################################### August 1, 2005
For regulatory topics only: Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130,
Australia
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE / Standards Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, Böblingen, D-71034, Germany, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company,, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho 83707-0015, USA, (Phone: 208-396-6000)
ENWW Declaration of conformity (HP LaserJet 3052) 391
#### Country-/region-specific safety statements
########### Laser safety statement
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The printer is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968.
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.
Canadian DOC statement Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements. «Conforme àla classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques (CEM).»
########### Korean EMI statement

Finnish laser statement LASERTURVALLISUUS LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
HP LaserJet 3050/3052/3055/3390/3392 all-in-one -laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää lasersäteen pääsyn laitteen ulkopuolelle.
Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN60825-1 (1994) mukaisesti. VAROITUS!
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
########################## VARNING!
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.
########################## HUOLTO
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 -kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän huollettavissa olevia kohteita. Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkilö. Tällaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.
########################## VARO!
Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.
########################## VARNING!
Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för osynlig laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen.
Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista: Aallonpituus 770-800 nm Teho 5 mW Luokan 3B laser
ENWW Country-/region-specific safety statements 393
Glossary
ADF Automatic document feeder. The ADF is used to automatically feed originals into the device for copying, scanning, or faxing.
all-in-one A designation given to HP devices that can perform several functions, such as printing, faxing, copying, and scanning.
browser Short for Web browser, a software program that is used to locate and open Web pages. collate The process of printing a multiple-copy job in sets. When collate is selected, the device prints an entire set before printing additional copies. Otherwise, the device prints the specified number of copies of one page before printing the subsequent pages. comma (,) A comma in a fax dial sequence indicates that the device will pause at that point in the dialing sequence. contrast The difference between the dark and light areas of an image. The lower the number value, the more closely the shades resemble each other. The higher the number, the more the shades appear separate from each other. dedicated line A single telephone line that is used exclusively for either voice calls or fax calls. DIMM Dual inline memory module, a small circuit board that holds memory. A single in-line memory module (SIMM) has a 32-bit path to the memory, whereas a DIMM has a 64-bit path.
distinctive ring A service offered by some telephone companies in some regions/countries that allows two or three phone numbers to be set up on the same telephone line. Each phone number has a different ring pattern, and the fax machine can be configured to recognize the distinctive ring of the fax number.
dots per inch (dpi) A measurement of resolution that is used for printing. Generally, more dots per inch result in a higher resolution, more visible detail in the image, and a larger file size.
DSL Digital subscriber line, a technology that enables a high-speed, direct connection to the Internet through telephone lines.
e-mail (electronic mail) An abbreviation for electronic mail. Software that can be used to electronically transmit items over a communications network.
fax An abbreviation of facsimile. The electronic encoding of a printed page and the transmission of the electronic page over a telephone line. The device software can send items to electronic fax programs, which require a modem and fax software.
fax functions Fax-related tasks that are done from the control panel or software that affect only the current job, or are done only once before returning to the Ready state, such as clearing memory. These functions are in their own section in the control-panel menu.
fax settings Fax-related items that, when set or changed, continue to use the choice made until changed again. An example would be the number of times set for the device to redial a busy number. These settings are in their own section of the control panel menu.
file format The way the contents of a file are structured by a program or group of programs. grayscale Shades of gray that represent light and dark portions of an image when color images are converted to grayscale; colors are represented by various shades of gray. halftone An image type that simulates grayscale by varying the number of dots. Highly colored areas consist of a large number of dots, while lighter areas consist of a smaller number of dots. HP Director A software screen that is used when working with documents. When the document is loaded into the automatic document feeder (ADF) and the computer is connected directly to the device, the HP Director appears on the computer screen to initiate faxing, copying, or scanning. HP ToolboxFX The HP ToolboxFX is a Web page that opens in a Web browser and provides access to the device management and troubleshooting tools, embedded Web server, and device documentation. HP ToolboxFX does not support Windows 98, Windows Me, or Macintosh operating systems. ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) is a suite of internationally adopted standards for end-to-end digital communication over the public telephone network. link A connection to a program or device that can be used to send information from the device software to other programs, such as e-mail, electronic fax, and OCR links. optical character recognition (OCR) software OCR software converts an electronic image of text, such as a scanned document, into a form that word processor, spreadsheet, and database programs can use. pixels per inch (ppi) A measurement of resolution that is used for scanning. Generally, more pixels per inch result in a higher resolution, more visible detail in the image, and a larger file size. printer driver A printer driver is a program that software programs use to gain access to a device’s features. A printer driver translates a software program’s formatting commands (such as page breaks and font selection) into a printer language (such as PostScript or PCL), and then sends the print file to the device. private branch exchange (PBX) A small telephone switching system that typically is used by large businesses or universities to connect all telephone extensions within the organization. A PBX also connects to the public switched telephone network (PSTN) and may be either manual or dial, depending on the method used by extensions to place incoming or outgoing calls. Normally, the equipment is owned by the customer rather than leased from the telephone company.
public switched telephone network (PSTN) The worldwide dial-up telephone network or a portion of that network. Users are assigned unique phone numbers, which allow them to connect to the PSTN through local telephone exchange companies. Often, this phrase is used when referring to data or other non-telephone services carried over a path initially established using normal telephone signaling and ordinary switched longdistance telephone circuits.
Readiris An optical character recognition (OCR) program that was developed by I.R.I.S. and that is included with the device software.
resolution The sharpness of an image, measured in dots per inch (dpi). The higher the dpi, the greater the resolution.
shared line A single telephone line that is used for both voice and fax calls. surge protector A device that protects a power supply and communications lines from electrical surges.
TWAIN An industry standard for scanners and software. By using a TWAIN-compliant scanner with a TWAINcompliant program, a scan can be initiated from within the program.
URL Uniform resource locator, the global address of documents and resources on the Internet. The first part of the address indicates what protocol to use, the second part specifies the IP address or the domain name where the resource is located.
USB Universal serial bus (USB) is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum, Inc., to connect computers and peripherals. USB is designed to concurrently connect a single computer USB port to multiple peripherals.
watermarks A watermark adds background text to a document that is being printed. For example, “Confidential” can be printed in the background text of a document to indicate that the document is confidential. A selection can be made from a set of predefined watermarks, and the font, size, angle, and style can be changed. The printer can place the watermark on the first page only or all pages.
WIA Windows Imaging Architecture (WIA) is an imaging architecture that is available in Windows Me and Windows XP. A scan can be initiated from within these operating systems by using a WIA-compliant scanner.
Index
Symbols/Numerics 600 dpi print-quality setting 332
A accessibility features 6 accessories
installation guides 242 ordering 374 part numbers 366 acoustic emissions 380 activity log, fax
printing 95, 209, 361 troubleshooting 346
ad hoc groups, sending faxes to 71 Add or Remove Programs,
Windows 20 ADF
copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223 copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3052/3055
copying two-sided documents, HP LaserJet 3390/3392
jams 264, 320 loading originals 38 locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10 locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12 page sizes supported 343 paper specifications 35 part number 367 pickup roller assembly,
replacing 299 replacing 297
alarm volume, adjusting 45
alert messages 323 alerts, setting up 273 answer mode, setting 102 answering machines, connecting
fax settings 105 HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-in-
one 113 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-
one 116 phone lines 111 troubleshooting 345
Apple Macintosh. See Macintosh AutoIP 162 automatic document feeder (ADF)
copying two-sided documents, HP LaserJet 3050 130 copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131 copying two-sided documents,
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132 jams 264, 320 loading originals 38 locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10 locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12 page sizes supported 343 paper specifications 35 part number 367 pickup roller assembly,
replacing 299 replacing 297
automatic two-sided printing path copying documents 132, 225 jams, clearing 261, 317 using with Macintosh 57, 200 using with Windows 51, 197
autoreduction settings, fax 79
B background, gray 335 bands, troubleshooting 334 battery specifications 384 billing codes, fax
report, printing 97, 362 using 88
bins, output jams, clearing 258, 315 locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10 locating on HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12
selecting 60 black and white scanning 151 blank copies, troubleshooting 350 blank pages
adding to printouts 50 troubleshoooting 339
blank scans, troubleshooting 353 block-fax list, printing 98 blocking faxes 80 books
copying 135 scanning 148
BOOTP 168 both sides, copying
HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131,
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132,
both sides, printing on duplex jams, clearing 261, 317 Macintosh 57, 200 Windows 51, 197
busy signals, redialing options 78
part numbers 366 USB, troubleshooting 340
call report, fax printing 96, 361 troubleshooting 346 caller-ID boxes, connecting
HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 113 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 116
phone lines 111 calling cards 73 Canadian DOC statement 392 canceling
copy jobs 121 faxes 75 print jobs 65 scan jobs 146
capacity output bins 60 trays 2, 3, 4, 33, 34
card stock guidelines for using 31 printing on 60, 63, 205 priority input slot, loading 40 specifications 33, 34, 64, 206
cartridge-door release, locating HP LaserJet 3050 7 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12
cartridges HP fraud hotline 285 non-HP 285 pages per 2, 3, 4 part numbers 366 recycling 285, 384 replacing 251, 295 status page, printing 270, 359 status, checking 284 status, viewing with
HP ToolboxFX 273 storing 285, 379 warranty 373
characters, troubleshooting 336 cleaning
exterior 287 glass 152, 287 lid backing 289
cleaning page, printing 240, 293,
363 client server printing 155 clock, setting 69 collating copies 127, 229 color, scanning settings 150, 151 colored paper, specifications 63,
205 Configuration page 158, 268, 359 configurations, all-in-one
HP LaserJet 3050 2 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
connecting additional devices 111 all-in-one to phone line 108
consumables. See supplies contrast settings
copy 123, 228 fax 75, 220
control panel fax, using 222 HP LaserJet 3050 9 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 11 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 13 HP ToolboxFX settings 280 key-press volume, adjusting 46 language, selecting 43 messages, troubleshooting 323 scanning from (Windows) 141 supplies status, checking from
284 text, entering 81
convenience stapler about 188 jams, clearing 193, 249 loading staples 189, 247 locating 12 specifications 5 supplies, part numbers 366 using 191, 245
copying books 135 canceling 121 collating 127, 229 contrast, adjusting 123, 228 enlarging 124, 227 loading originals in ADF 38 loading originals on flatbed
scanner 38
media settings 128, 231 media, troubleshooting 348 number of copies 126, 233 photos 135 quality, adjusting 122, 230 quality, troubleshooting 347 reducing 124, 227 size, troubleshooting 350 starting a job 120 tray selection 134, 232 troubleshooting 350 two-sided documents, HP
LaserJet 3050 130, 223 two-sided documents, HP
LaserJet 3052/3055 131, 224 two-sided documents, HP
LaserJet 3390/3392 132, 225 viewing settings 137
covers, document card stock, printing on 60 Macintosh 56 paper specifications 33, 34 Windows settings 50
creases, troubleshooting 337 crooked pages 336, 339 curled media 336 custom paper sizes
driver settings 50 printing on 63, 205
Customer Care 374
D dark copying 348 darkness, contrast settings
copy 123, 228 fax 75, 220
date, setting 69 declaration of conformity 390, 391 dedicated fax line
additional devices, connecting 111
connecting all-in-one 108 defaults, restoring 241, 363 delaying fax sending 87 deleting faxes from memory 90 Demo page, printing 268, 359 device polling 280 DHCP
about 163 discontinuing 167
NetWare 167 Unix 163 Windows 164
dial-tone detection settings 106 dialing
from a telephone 106 internationally 81 manually 73 pauses, inserting 81 prefixes, inserting 86 redialing automatically, settings
78 redialing manually 74 tone or pulse settings 77 troubleshooting 344 dimensions, all-in-one 378 DIMMs
Configuration page 269 part numbers 366
direct mode, network 154 distinctive-ring settings 104 documentation 242, 368 Documentation tab, HP ToolboxFX
277
dots per inch (dpi) fax 76, 221 print settings 332 specifications 5
dots, troubleshooting 334 double-sided
duplex jams, clearing 261
double-sided copying HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131,
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132,
double-sided printing duplex jams, clearing 317 Macintosh 57, 200 Windows 51, 197
dpi (dots per inch) fax 76, 221 print settings 332 specifications 5
drivers accessing 19 help, Windows 18 Linux and UNIX 17 Macintosh settings 55
presets (Macintosh) 55 quick sets (Windows) 48 selecting 18 specifications 5 supported 17 Windows settings 48
duplex settings, network 159 duplexing
copying documents 132, 225 jams, clearing 261, 317 Macintosh 57, 200 Windows 51, 197
E e-mail alerts, setting up 273 e-mail, scanning to
Macintosh 145 resolution settings 151 Windows 142, 236
electrical specifications 378, 379 electronic faxes
receiving 100, 212 sending 99, 211
embedded Web server (EWS) browsers supported 20, 242 features 283 network settings 157
energy consumption 383 Energy Star compliance 5 enlarging
copies 227
enlarging documents copying 124, 227 printing 49
envelopes guidelines for using 30 output path 60 printing on 64, 205 priority input slot, loading 40 specifications 33, 34 storing 31
environmental specifications all-in-one 379 paper 36
error messages control panel 323 critical 330
error-correction setting, fax 93 errors, PostScript 357
EU statement for telecom operation
389 Event log 273 EWS. See embedded Web server
(EWS) extended warranty 375 extension phones
receiving faxes from 107 sending faxes from 106
F factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363 faded print 333 fax
activity log 95, 209, 361 ad hoc groups 71 additional devices, connecting
111 answer mode 102 autoreduction 79 billing code report, printing
97, 362 billing codes 88 blocked list, printing 98 blocking 80 call report, printing 96, 361 canceling 75 contrast setting 75, 220 control panel, using 222 date, setting 69 delaying sending 87 deleting from memory 90 detect-dial-tone settings 106 dial prefixes 86 dialing, tone or pulse 77 error messages 324 error-correction 93 extension phone receiving 107 factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363 forwarding 91, 210 glass-size setting 77 group-dial entries 71, 84, 217 header, setting 69 jams, troubleshooting 345 loading originals in ADF 38 manual dialing 73 one-touch keys 81, 82, 83,
213, 216
originals on flatbed scanner 38 pauses, inserting 81 phone book, printing 97, 361 polling 91 receive log 277 receiving from software 100,
212 receiving on shared line 107 receiving when you hear fax
tones 102 redial settings 78 redialing manually 74 reports, printing all 98 reports, troubleshooting 346 reprinting from memory 89, 208 resolution 76, 221 ring patterns 104 rings-to-answer 105 send log 277 sending from a telephone 106 sending from software 99, 211 sending to multiple recipients
70 sending to one recipient 70 silence-detect mode 92 speed-dial entries 81, 82, 83,
213, 216 stamp-received 92 T.30 protocol trace report 364 time, setting 69 troubleshooting receiving 341 troubleshooting sending 343 V.34 setting 93 volume settings 94 volume, adjusting 45
fax ports, locating HP LaserJet 3050 8 HP LaserJet 3055 11 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 13
Fax tab, HP ToolboxFX 275 FCC compliance 382 features
all-in-ones 5 HP LaserJet 3050 2 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4 feeding problems, troubleshooting
339 file, scanning to Macintosh 145
Finnish laser statemnet 393 first page
blank 50 Macintosh settings 56 Windows settings 50
Fit to Page setting, fax 79 flatbed scanner
cleaning 287 default glass-size, setting 77 loading 38 folder, scanning to
Windows 236 font DIMMs, part numbers 366 forwarding faxes 91, 210 fraud hotline 285
335 grayscale scanning 151 group-dial entries
adding 84, 217 deleting 84, 218 list of, printing 97, 361 sending faxes to 71
guides, documentation 242
guidelines for using 31 printing on 60, 63, 205 priority input slot, loading 40 specifications 33, 34, 64, 206
help documentation 243 printer drivers, Windows 18
Help tab, HP ToolboxFX 277 HP Customer Care 374 HP Director (Macintosh), scanning
from 145 HP fraud hotline 285 HP Instant Support 374 HP LaserJet 3050 all-in-one
control panel 9
features 2 parts, locating 7
HP LaserJet 3052/3055 all-in-one control panel 11
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-in-one control panel 13
HP LaserJet Scan (Windows) 144 HP Printing Supplies Returns and
Recycling Program 384
HP ToolboxFX Documentation tab 277 factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363 Fax tab 275 Help tab 277 network settings 157 Network Settings tab 281 opening 272 password, network 157 Print Settings tab 280 Status tab 273 supplies status, checking from
284
System Settings tab 278 Troubleshooting tab 362
HP-UX systems 175 humidity specifications
all-in-one environment 379 paper, storing 36
I IC CS-03 requirements 388 image quality
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363 copy, troubleshooting 347 HP ToolboxFX settings 279 print, troubleshooting 332, 333 scans, troubleshooting 351,
353
information pages Configuration 158, 268, 359 Demo 268, 359 language, selecting 43 Network configuration 158, 271 Supplies Status 270, 359 T.30 protocol trace report 364 Usage 268
ink cartridges. See print cartridges input trays. See trays installation guides, accessories
and supplies 242
installation, software Macintosh 22 minimum 16 typical 16 Windows 20
Instant Support 374 interface ports
cables, ordering 366 HP LaserJet 3050 8 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 11 locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13 types included 5 international dialing 73, 81 IP address
AutoIP 162 automatic configuration 159 BOOTP configuration 168 class 184 DHCP 163 host portion 184 manual configuration 158 network portion 184 overview 183, 184 parameters, configuring 185 protocols supported 161 structure 184
J jack, connecting
additional devices 111 all-in-one 108
jams ADF, clearing 264, 320 causes of 308 duplexer, clearing 261, 317 fax 345 input tray, clearing 254, 311,
312 locating 309 output bins, clearing 258, 315 preventing 308 print cartridge area, clearing
253, 309 stapler, clearing 193, 249
straight-through output path, clearing 259, 315
guidelines for using 29 output path 60 printing 63, 205 specifications 33, 34
languages control-panel display, setting 43
user guides 368 laser safety statements 392 LaserJet Scan (Windows) 144 last page, blank 50 letterhead
guidelines for using 32 output path 60 printing on 64, 206
letters, entering with control panel
81, 222 lid, cleaning 289 light copying 348 light print, troubleshooting 333 lightness
copy contrast 123, 228 faded print, troubleshooting
333 fax contrast 75, 220
lines, troubleshooting copies 347 printed pages 334 scans 353
link speed settings 159 Linux drivers 17 loading
input trays 38 originals in ADF 38 originals on flatbed scanner 38 priority input slot 40 staples 189, 247 tray 2 or tray 3 40, 41
localized user guides 368 logs, fax
activity 95, 209, 361
billing codes 97, 362 block-fax list 98 call (last fax sent or received)
96, 361 phone book 97, 361 printing all 98 troubleshooting 346
loose toner, troubleshooting 335 LPD
about 172 adding Windows optional
networking components 181 configuring a network LPD all-
in-one 181 programs and protocols 172 requirements 173 setup steps 173 UNIX 174 Windows 2000 179 Windows NT 177, 180 Windows XP 181
M Macintosh
driver settings 55 drivers supported 17 drivers, accessing 19 faxing from 99, 211 installing for direct connections
22 installing for networks 23 problems, troubleshooting 358 scanning from HP Director 145 scanning from TWAIN-
compliant software 147 scanning page-by-page 146 scanning to e-mail 145 scanning to file 145 software features 21 support Web sites 375 uninstalling software 23
Macintosh Configure Device 21,
282 manual dialing 73 manual redialing 74 manuals 242, 368 media
ADF, sizes supported 343 colored paper 63, 205 copy settings 128, 231
curled, troubleshooting 336 custom sizes, setting 50 custom-sized, printing on 63,
205 default size, changing 43 document size, selecting 49 fax autoreduction settings 79 first page, Macintosh settings
56 first page, Windows settings 50 heavy paper 64, 206 HP ToolboxFX settings 279 HP, part numbers 367 jams 308 loading input trays 38 output options 60 pages per sheet, Macintosh 56 pages per sheet, Windows 51 priority input slot 40 recommended 26 selecting 26 special, printing on 61, 203 specifications 33 tray selection 42 tray settings, changing defaults
44 troubleshooting 338 troubleshooting paper 28 types to avoid 27 wrinkled 337
memory Configuration page 269 deleting faxes 90 error messages 327 HP LaserJet 3050, base 2 HP LaserJet 3052/3055, base
HP LaserJet 3390/3392, base
part numbers 366 reprinting faxes 89, 208
mercury specifications 384 messages
control panel 323 critical 330
Microsoft Windows. See Windows Microsoft Word, faxing from 100,
212 minimum software installation 16 models
HP LaserJet 3050 2 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
modems, connecting HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 113 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 116
phone lines 111 multiple pages per sheet Macintosh 56 Windows 51
N n-up printing
Macintosh 56 Windows 51
NetWare 167 network
all-in-one discovery 160 AutoIP configuration 162 BOOTP 168 changing connection type 156 configuring 153 control panel, using 158 device polling 280 DHCP 163 direct mode 154 duplex settings 159 embedded Web server settings
157 gateways 186 HP ToolboxFX settings 157 IP address configuration 158 IP address parameters 185 link speed settings 159 Macintosh software installation
23 manual TCP/IP configuration
162 password, setting 157 protocols supported 160 server-based configuration
162 sharing the all-in-one 155 subnets 186 TCP/IP 183 TCP/IP configuration 162 TCP/IP configuration tools 163 troubleshooting 354
Network configuration page 158 Network configuration page,
printing 271 network port
locating on HP LaserJet 3052/3055 11 locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13 setting up 154 Network Settings tab,
HP ToolboxFX 281 New Zealand telecom statements
389 noise specifications 380 non-HP print cartridges 285 number of copies, changing 126,
233
O OCR software 149 on/off switch, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 8 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12
one-touch keys, fax deleting 83, 214 deleting all 85, 219 editing 82, 213, 216 list of, printing 97, 361 programming 81, 83
online help documentation 243 printer drivers, Windows 18
operating environment, specifications 379 operating systems supported 17 optical character recognition
software 149 options. See settings ordering supplies and accessories
366, 374 originals, loading ADF 38 flatbed scanner 38
output bins jams, clearing 258, 315 locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10
locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12 selecting 60
output quality cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363 copy, troubleshooting 347 HP ToolboxFX settings 279 print, troubleshooting 332, 333 scans, troubleshooting 351,
353 outside lines dial prefixes 86 pauses, inserting 81
ozone specifications 383
P Page Setup 42 page-by-page scanning
(Macintosh) 146
pages blank 339 not printing 339 skewed 336, 339
pages per minute HP LaserJet 3050 2 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4
pages per sheet Macintosh 56 WIndows 51
paper ADF, sizes supported 343 colored 63, 205 copy settings 128, 231 curled, troubleshooting 336 custom sizes, setting 50 custom-sized, printing on 63,
205 default size, changing 43 document size, selecting 49 fax autoreduction settings 79 first page, Macintosh settings
56 first page, Windows settings 50 heavy 64, 206 HP ToolboxFX settings 279 HP, part numbers 367 jams 308 loading input trays 38
output options 60 pages per sheet, Macintosh 56 pages per sheet, Windows 51 priority input slot 40 recommended 26 selecting 26 special, printing on 61, 203 specifications 33 tray selection 42 tray settings, changing defaults
44 troubleshooting 28, 338 types to avoid 27 wrinkled 337
paper input trays feeding problems, troubleshooting 339 paper path, cleaning 240, 293, 363
part numbers cables 366 media 367 memory 366 supplies 366 trays 366 user guides 368 user-replaceable parts 367
parts, user-replaceable 367 password, network 157 pauses, inserting 81 PCL drivers
automatic switching 5 selecting 18 supported 17
PDEs, Macintosh 22 peer-to-peer printing 154 phone book, fax
adding entries 81 deleting all entries 85, 219 HP ToolboxFX tab 214, 219,
275
printing 97, 361 phone lines
connecting additional devices 111 connecting all-in-one 108
phone numbers HP fraud hotline 285 HP Printing Supplies Returns
and Recycling Program 384
phone support 374 phones
receiving faxes from 102, 107 sending faxes from 106
phones, connecting extra HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 114 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 117 lines, types of 111
photos copying 135 scanning 148 scanning, troubleshooting 351
physical specifications 378 pick-up rollers, ordering 367 pickup roller assembly, ADF 299 pixels per inch (ppi), scanning
resolution 150 polling faxes 91 polling, device 280 ports
cables, ordering 366 HP LaserJet 3050 8 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 11 locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13 types included 5
PostScript driver, HP ToolboxFX
settings 281 PostScript, errors 357 power
consumption 383 requirements 378, 379
power consumption 379 power switch, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 8 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12
ppi (pixels per inch), scanning
resolution 150 prefixes, dial 86 preprinted paper
guidelines for using 32 output path 60
presets (Macintosh drivers) 55 print cartridge area jams, clearing
253, 309 print cartridges
door release, locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7
door release, locating on HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10 door release, locating on HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12 HP fraud hotline 285 non-HP 285 pages per 2, 3, 4 part numbers 366 recycling 285, 384 replacing 251, 295 status page, printing 270, 359 status, checking 284 status, viewing with
HP ToolboxFX 273 storing 285, 379 warranty 373 Print dialog box 42 Print Document On 49 print jobs, canceling 65 print media. See media print quality
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363 HP ToolboxFX settings 279 settings 332 troubleshooting 332, 333 Print Settings tab, HP ToolboxFX
280
printer drivers accessing 19 help, Windows 18 Linux and UNIX 17 Macintosh settings 55 presets (Macintosh) 55 quick sets (Windows) 48 selecting 18 specifications 5 supported 17 Windows settings 48
printing blank pages, adding 50 both sides, Macintosh 57, 200 both sides, Windows 51, 197 canceling 65 card stock 63, 205 cover pages, Macintosh 56 covers, Windows 50 custom paper sizes 50
custom-size media 63, 205 labels 63, 205 letterhead 64, 206 LPD 172 multiple pages per sheet,
Macintosh 56 multiple pages per sheet,
Windows 51 output path, selecting 60 presets, Macintosh 55 quick sets, Windows 48 resizing documents 49 settings, changing 42 special media 61, 203 transparencies 63, 205 tray selection 42 troubleshooting 339 watermarks, Windows 49
priority input slot capacity 2, 3, 4 loading 40 locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10 locating on HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12 problem solving. See troubleshooting
protocol settings, fax 93 protocols, networks 160 PS drivers
selecting 18 supported 17
pulse-dialing 77 punctuation marks, entering with
control panel 81, 222
Q quality
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363 copy settings 122, 230 copy, troubleshooting 347 HP ToolboxFX settings 279 print settings 332 print, troubleshooting 332, 333 scans, troubleshooting 351,
353 quick sets (Windows drivers) 48
R Readiris OCR software 149 receiving faxes
activity log, printing 95, 209,
361 answer mode, setting 102 autoreduction settings 79 blocking 80 call report, printing 96, 361 from extension phone 107 from software 100, 212 log, HP ToolboxFX 277 polling 91 reprinting 89, 208 ring patterns, settings 104 rings-to-answer settings 105 share phone/fax line 107 silence-detect mode 92 stamp-received setting 92 T.30 protocol trace report 364 troubleshooting 341 when you hear fax tones 102
recycling supplies 285, 384 redialing
automatically, settings 78 manually 74 reducing documents copying 124, 227 printing 49
refilled print cartridges 285 regulatory information 382 repacking the all-in-one 376 repair. See service repetitive defects, troubleshooting
337
replacing ADF 297 ADF pickup roller assembly
299
print cartridges 251, 295 reports, all-in-one
Configuration page 158, 268,
359 Demo page 268, 359 language, selecting 43 Network configuration page
158, 271 Supplies Status page 270, 359 T.30 protocol trace 364 Usage page 268
reports, fax activity log 95, 209, 361 billing codes 97, 362 block-fax list 98 call (last fax sent or received)
96, 361 phone book 97, 361 printing all 98 troubleshooting 346
reprinting faxes 89, 208 resizing documents
copying 124, 227 printing 49
resolution fax 76, 221 print settings 332 scanning 150 specifications 5
restoring factory-set defaults
241, 363 ring patterns 104 ring tones
distinctive 104 volume, adjusting 46 rings-to-answer setting 105 roller assembly, ADF 299 rollers, ordering 367
S SAM(HP-UX) 175 saving driver settings
Macintosh presets 55 Windows quick sets 48
scaling documents copying 124, 227 printing 49
Scan to button, programming
141, 235 scanner glass, cleaning 152, 287 scanning
black and white 151 blank pages, troubleshooting
353 books 148 canceling 146 color 150 from all-in-one control panel
(Windows) 141 grayscale 151 HP Director (Macintosh) 145
HP LaserJet Scan (Windows)
144 loading originals in ADF 38 loading originals on flatbed
scanner 38 methods 140 OCR software 149 page-by-page (Macintosh) 146 photos 148 quality, troubleshooting 351,
353 resolution 150 speed, troubleshooting 352 to e-mail (Macintosh) 145 to e-mail (Windows) 142, 236 to file (Macintosh) 145 to folder (Windows) 143, 236 to program (Windows) 143 TWAIN-compliant software 147 WIA-compliant software 147
scatter, troubleshooting 337 security-lock slot, locating
HP LaserJet 3050 8 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 10
sending faxes activity log, printing 95, 209,
361 ad hoc groups 71 billing codes 88 call report, printing 96, 361 canceling 75 delaying 87 forwarding 91, 210 from software 99, 211 from telephone 106 group-dial entries 71 log, HP ToolboxFX 277 manual dialing 73 T.30 protocol trace report 364 to multiple recipients 70 to one recipient 70 troubleshooting 343
separation pad, ordering 367 serial number, product 269 server-based TCP/IP configuration
162
service critical error messages 330 hardware 375 HP ToolboxFX settings 280
part numbers 366 service agreements 374 settings
Configuration page 158, 268, 359 factory-set defaults, restoring
241, 363 HP ToolboxFX 278 Network configuration page
158 presets (Macintosh drivers) 55 print jobs 42 quick sets (Windows drivers)
48 setup guide 242 shared line
additional devices, connecting
111 sharing the all-in-one 155 silence-detect mode 92 size, all-in-one 378 size, copy
reducing or enlarging 124, 227 troubleshooting 350
sizes, media default, changing 43 Fit to Page setting, faxing 79 selecting trays by 42 supported 33, 34 tray settings 44
skewed pages 336, 339 slow speed, troubleshooting
faxing 346 scanning 352
smeared toner, troubleshooting 335
software accessing drivers 19 HP ToolboxFX 272 installing on Macintosh networks
23 installing on Macintosh, direct
connections 22 installing on Windows 20 Linux and UNIX 17 Macintosh components 21 Macintosh Configure Device
21, 282 minimum installation 16 Readiris OCR 149
receiving faxes 100, 212 scanning from TWAIN or WIA
147 sending faxes 99, 211 typical installation 16 uninstalling Macintosh 23 Windows components 20
source, printing by 42 spaces, entering with control panel
81, 222
special media printing on 61, 203 specifications 29
specifications acoustic emissions 380 electrical 378, 379 environmental 379 features 5 HP LaserJet 3050 features 2 paper 33 physical 378
specks, troubleshooting 334 speed
fax, troubleshooting 346 HP LaserJet 3050 2 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 3 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 4 scanning, troubleshooting 352
speed-dial entries deleting 83, 214 deleting all 85, 219 editing 82, 213, 216 list of, printing 97, 361 programming 81, 83
splitters, connecting 108 spots, troubleshooting 334 staple cassette, part numbers 366
alerts, HP ToolboxFX 273 Supplies Status page, printing
270, 359
supplies, checking 284 viewing with HP ToolboxFX
273 Status tab, HP ToolboxFX 273 stopping printing 65 storing
all-in-one 379 envelopes 31 paper 36 print cartridges 285 straight-through output path
jams, clearing 259, 315 streaks, troubleshooting 334 subnet mask 186 subnets 186 supplies
HP fraud hotline 285 installation guides 242 non-HP 285 ordering 374 recycling 285, 384 status page 270, 359 status, checking 284 status, viewing with
HP ToolboxFX 273 storing 285
support service agreements 374 telephone 374 Web sites 374
System Settings tab, HP ToolboxFX 278
T T-splitters, connecting 108 T.30 protocol trace report 364 TCP/IP
BOOTP 168 configuration 162 installing on Windows NT 177 overview 183 protocols supported 160 tools 163
Telephone Consumer Protection Act 387 telephone lines connecting additional devices 111
connecting all-in-one 108 telephone numbers
HP fraud hotline 285 HP Printing Supplies Returns
and Recycling Program 384 telephone support 374 telephones
receiving faxes from 102, 107 sending faxes from 106
telephones, connecting extra HP LaserJet 3050/3055 all-inone 114 HP LaserJet 3390/3392 all-inone 117
lines, types of 111 temperature specifications all-in-one environment 379 paper, storing 36
terminology 395 text, entering with control panel
81, 222 text, troubleshooting 336 time, setting 69 tone-dialing 77 toner
cleaning page, printing 240,
293, 363 loose, troubleshooting 335 scatter, troubleshooting 337 smeared, troubleshooting 335 specks, troubleshooting 334
toner cartridges. See print
cartridges Toolbox. See HP ToolboxFX Transmission Control Protocol
(TCP) 183 transparencies guidelines for using 29 printing 63, 205 priority input slot, loading 40 specifications 33, 34
3052/3055 10 locating on HP LaserJet 3390/3392 12 paper specifications 33, 34
models including 4 paper specifications 33, 34 size specifications 378
tray 3 loading media 40, 41 locating 12 models including 4 part number 366
trays capacities 2, 3, 4 Configuration page 269 copying, changing selection
134, 232 default settings, changing 44 feeding problems,
troubleshooting 339 included 4 jams, clearing 254, 311, 312 loading 38 loading paper 40 locating on HP LaserJet 3050 7 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 10 locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 12 paper specifications 33, 34 part numbers 366 selecting 42
troubleshooting ADF pickup roller assembly,
replacing 299 blank pages 339 blank scans 353 checklist 304 cleaning page 240, 293, 363 Configuration page, printing
158 control panel messages 323 copy quality 347 copy size 350 copying 350 critical error messages 330 curled media 336 dialing 344 faded print 333 fax error-correction setting 93 fax jams 345 fax reports 346 feeding problems 339 jams 308
lines, copies 347 lines, printed pages 334 lines, scans 353 loose toner 335 Macintosh problems 358 Network configuration page,
printing 158 networks 354 pages not printing 339 paper 28, 338 PostScript errors 357 print quality 332 receiving faxes 341 repetitive defects 337 scan quality 351, 353 sending faxes 343 skewed pages 336, 339 speed, faxing 346 staple jams 193, 249 T.30 protocol trace report 364 text 336 toner scatter 337 toner smear 335 toner specks 334 USB cables 340 wrinkles 337
Troubleshooting tab, HP ToolboxFX 362 TWAIN-compliant software, scanning from 147
two-sided copying HP LaserJet 3050 130, 223 HP LaserJet 3052/3055 131,
HP LaserJet 3390/3392 132,
two-sided printing duplex jams, clearing 261, 317 Macintosh 57, 200 Windows 51, 197
types, media default, changing 43 HP ToolboxFX settings 279 selecting trays by 42 specifications 33 tray settings 44
typical software installation 16
U unblocking fax numbers 80
uninstalling Macintosh software 23 UNIX
BOOTP 169 DHCP 163 LPD 174 model scripts, downloading 17
Usage page, printing 268 USB port
HP LaserJet 3050 8 locating on HP LaserJet
3052/3055 11 locating on HP LaserJet
3390/3392 13 troubleshooting 340 type included 5
Use Different Paper/Covers 50 User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
183
User guide languages 368 opening 243 part numbers 368
user-replaceable parts 367
########################## V
all-in-one 372 extended 375 print cartridges 373 watermarks, Windows 49 wavy paper, troubleshooting 336 Web sites
documentation 243 Electronics Industry Alliance
385 Energy Star 383 HP Customer Care 374 HP Printing Supplies Returns
and Recycling Program 384 Linux and UNIX drivers 17 Macintosh support 375 ordering supplies 365
supplies, ordering 374
weight all-in-one 378 paper specifications 33
white or faded stripes 347 WIA-compliant software, scanning
from 147
Windows DHCP 164 driver settings 48 drivers supported 17 drivers, accessing 19 faxing from 99, 211 installing software 20 LPD 177 scanning from all-in-one
control panel 141 scanning from TWAIN or WIA
software 147 scanning to e-mail 142, 236 scanning to folder 143, 236 software components 20 uninstalling software 20
Word, faxing from 100, 212 wrinkles, troubleshooting 337
© 2006 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. www.hp.com
Q6500-90929